TB Diagnosis Has Improved Post-COVID, But Detection of Drug-Resistance Still Lags 07/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan In Pakistan, a healthcare worker listens to a child’s lungs for signs of pulmonary tuberculosis. A massive 7.5 million people were diagnosed with tuberculosis in 2022, the highest number ever – but this is positive as it indicates that countries’ ability to detect the disease is recovering after the COVID-19 pandemic, according to the World Health Organization (WHO) 2023 Global tuberculosis (TB) report. The two countries that contributed most to the global rebound in new diagnoses were India and Indonesia, together accounting for 56% of the increase between 2021 and 2022. They were followed by Philippines (11% of the global increase) and Pakistan (8.4%). Meanwhile, an estimated 10.6 million people fell ill with TB in 2022 – 300,000 more than the previous year, with WHO’s South-East Asia Region (46%), Africa (23%) and the Western Pacific (18%) worst affected. But the good news for those with TB is that treatment coverage has recovered to the pre-pandemic level of 70%, up from 62% in 2021. Slight decrease in deaths Dr Tereza Kasaeva, WHO’s Global TB Programme director, TB was the second leading cause of death in 2022, beaten only by COVID-19 – despite being “completely preventable and curable”, said Dr Tereza Kasaeva, WHO’s Global TB Programme director, at the report’s launch on Tuesday. “What is missing? Prioritisation and enough investment, as we have much better tools for successful treatment, even for the most severe forms of drug-resistant TB,” she added. However, TB deaths were down to an estimated 1.3 million, in comparison to an estimated 1.4 million for 2020 and 2021, according to the report. But the net reduction in deaths between 2015 to 2022 is only 19% – far from the WHO End TB Strategy milestone of a 75% reduction by 2025. The WHO African and European regions have made the best progress in cutting deaths since 2015, while 47 countries have achieved reductions of at least 35% Drug-resistant TB is a ‘public health crisis’ “Multidrug-resistant TB remains a public health crisis,” said Kasaeva, adding that only two out of five people with multidrug-resistant or rifampicin-resistant TB (MDR/RR-TB) received treatment last year. With around 410,000 people developing drug-resistant TB in 2022, Kasaeva described drug-resistant TB as “stable” with “no clear progress toward the decrease of the burden”. “The cumulative reduction in the TB incidence rate from 2015 to 2022 was only 8.7%, far from the WHO TB strategy milestone of over 50% reduction by 2025.” Some 42% of the global burden of people with drug-resistant TB comes from just three countries – India (27%), the Philippines (7.5%) and Russia (7.5%). “The uptake of the latest recommendations of the WHO for the shorter treatment option is not fast enough,” said Kasaeva. “That’s why we can’t celebrate any progress. It’s stable, it’s concerning and should be improved significantly. On the positive side, almost three-quarters (73%) of people diagnosed with pulmonary TB were tested for rifampicin resistance, up from 69% in 2021. Some 4.4% were diagnosed with MDR/RR-TB. The cumulative number of people with MDR/RR-TB on treatment from 2018 to 2022 was 825 000 – 55% of the 5-year target of 1.5 million. For children, the cumulative number was 21 600 – a dismal 19% of the five-year target of 115 000. But the report notes that there have been “steady improvements in the treatment success rate for people diagnosed with MDR/ RR-TB”, although its latest figures are from 2020, when the treatment success rate was 63%. “By the end of 2022, 40 countries had started to use the new six-month BPaLM/BPaL regimen to treat people with MDR/RR-TB or pre-XDR-TB. A total of 92 countries were using the shorter nine-month oral regimens for the treatment of MDR/RR-TB,” the report notes. Price reductions However, Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF) notes that price reductions for the TB test GeneXpert MTB/RIF Ultra, key to diagnose TB, and the drug bedaquiline, an essential part of the new shorter and safer DR-TB treatment regimens, has made the scale-up of these medical tools “significantly more achievable”. In September, US corporation Cepheid reduced the price of the GeneXpert MTB/RIF Ultra test in high-TB-burden countries by 20% (from US$9.98 to $7.97). Meanwhile, Johnson & Johnson decided not to enforce its secondary patents for bedaquiline in 134 low-and middle-income countries. J&J also granted Stop TB Partnership´s Global Drug Facility`s (GDF) a licence that enabled it to tender, procure, and supply generic versions of bedaquiline to most LMICs. The WHO first recommended the GeneXpert MTB/RIF as the initial test to diagnose TB in December 2010, and the shorter, safer and more effective all-oral six-month DR-TB treatment regimens BPaLM and BPaL in December 2022. “Although today’s TB statistics once again highlight how TB, a neglected but curable disease, keeps killing millions of people year after year, there may be light on the horizon,” said Dr Gabriella Ferlazzo, TB Medical Adviser of MSF’s Access Campaign. “Over the last three months, we’ve witnessed a striking string of good news for TB, with long-fought price reductions finally coming through for better tests and drugs, and governments meeting at the UN [at the high-level meeting on TB in September] to promise to ramp up TB testing, treatment and prevention for their people, including children.” The UN High-Level Meeting on TB set new targets for 2023-2027, including reaching 90% of people in need with TB prevention and care services, using a WHO-recommended rapid test as the first method of diagnosing TB, providing a health and social benefit package to all people with TB, ensuring the availability of at least one new TB vaccine and closing funding gaps for TB implementation and research by 2027. Ferlazzo called on governments to “use the WHO-recommended tools and strategies we now have to diagnose and treat everyone who needs it, and to increase funding for TB research and care.” Stop TB Partnership Executive Director, Lucica Ditiu, paid tribute to all those who had managed to diagnose and treat the 7.5 million people with TB. “Now that we have shown what can be done – can we get the financial resources and the political commitment so that we are done once and for all with this disease? It is a matter of choice for the governments, donors, and all of us,” she added. ‘Catastrophic’ out-of-pocket costs Handaa Enkh-Amgalan, a TB survivor from Mongolia. The report also notes that more than half of TB patients and their households face “catastrophic health costs” – medical expenses as well as indirect costs, such as travel expenses to pick up their daily medicines, income loss, food supplements and the cost of carers. “These costs amount to greater than 20% of total household income,” said Handaa Enkh-Amgalan, a TB survivor from Mongolia. “Twelve years ago, I was one of those statistics where my family and I were affected by the same level of financial burden of TB that we are seeing in this report. My mom and I faced a tough choice to make. It was down to either affording bread for me and my siblings or going to a TB clinic to have an X-ray done for diagnosis,” said Enkh-Amgalan. “My mom was able to make the decision to head to a clinic. But there are many more people who are simply unable to make that decision. TB patients are often labelled and stigmatised as irresponsible or non-compliant. These catastrophic costs and stigma are two of the many barriers that are driving millions of patients away from seeking diagnosis and treatment.” Lack of funds It’s not only TB patients that are short of cash, however. The entire sector is under-funded despite the impact of the disease. “Less than half of the $13 billion needed for TB prevention, diagnosis, treatment and care to achieve the global targets was mobilised,” said Kasaeva. Around 80% of spending on TB services in 2022 came from domestic sources, yet “for low and middle income countries, international donor funding remains crucial”, she added. The US contributes about 51% of international donor funding for TB and Cheri Vincent, TB Division Chief at the US Agency for International Development (USAID), stressed her government’s “deepest commitment” to move forward on the UN targets. Image Credits: Stop TB Partnership. Saima Wazed Elected WHO South-East Asia Regional Director Despite Corruption Claims 07/11/2023 Disha Shetty Saima Wazed (in black), along with her mother Bangladesh Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina, during an official visit to the United States to meet US President Joe Biden and First Lady Jill Biden. Wazed’s election as WHO-SEARO’s regional director has been dogged by allegations of nepotism, and her mother’s government is said to have relentlessly lobbied for her win. Amidst a flurry of allegations of nepotism and political corruption, Saima Wazed, daughter of Bangladesh Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina, has emerged victorious in the race for the World Health Organization’s South-East Asia (WHO-SEARO) regional director. Wazed’s limited international public health experience and expertise, confined to the narrow field of autism, have raised concerns among experts about her ability to effectively lead the region’s health agenda. “It is a bit of an experiment to see if a non-public health qualified person with zero public health experience can actually provide the degree of inspiration that is needed to bring about significant shifts or strengthening public health policy,” Mukesh Kapila, a public health expert with experience working in 120 countries, told Health Policy Watch. While acknowledging the possibility of improvements in the management and internal workings of WHO regional and country offices under Wazed’s leadership, Kapila remains sceptical. “Can she improve the relevance, effectiveness and efficiency of the WHO in the region? Time will tell,” said Kapila. Wazed’s dual Canadian citizenship has also drawn scrutiny, raising questions about potential conflicts of interest and her commitment to public health in Bangladesh and the wider South-East Asia region. Politics wins over experience in WHO-SEARO backrooms Wazed’s victory is being attributed to a relentless campaign by her mother’s government, which mobilized its diplomatic network to secure her election. She will now be responsible for providing independent and impartial advice to Bangladesh from WHO. “The fact [is] that professionals and staff, from my own conversations with them in SEARO, have no confidence in her,” said Kapila. “She’ll be trying her very best not to ruffle [them] too much as she will be trying to win them over. And that means she is unlikely to be much of a change agent.” Selfie with my fellow nominee! The 76th Session of the @WHOSEARO Regional Committee kicked off this morning in #NewDelhi, #India. pic.twitter.com/A5vbyd0Cvh — Saima Wazed (@drSaimaWazed) October 30, 2023 Her election opponent Shambhu Prasad Acharya is a veteran WHO official with three decades of experience with the UN health body. Acharya, who received immense support from Nepal’s civil society, was seen as a more qualified candidate but lacked support from other countries in the region. Kapila attributed Acharya’s loss to Nepal’s position as a poor country that was unable to strike backroom deals to push its candidate, emphasizing that such tactics should not be necessary in the selection of WHO officials. Of the 11 countries in the region, 10 were eligible to vote in a secret ballot, with Myanmar being disenfranchised because of the sanctions imposed on it. The Bangladesh High Commission shared that Wazed had received 8 out of the 10 votes. Wazed will take charge in February next year and will be succeeding India’s Poonam Khetrapal Singh who has held the post for a decade now. Outgoing WHO-SEARO Regional Director Dr Poonam Khetrapal Singh announced earlier this month that Bangladesh has become the world’s first country to eliminate visceral leishmaniasis. The selection process of WHO’s regional offices has been in the news for a while now. In September, the medical journal The Lancet carried an editorial about the concerns about the candidate selection, and opacity of the election process. Wazed’s candidacy was also questioned on similar grounds. Earlier this year WHO fired the regional director for the Western Pacific region on an enquiry into allegations of misconduct, as HPW reported in March this year. Despite a quarter of the world’s population living in the SEARO region and the high number of COVID-19 deaths recorded during the pandemic, the SEARO office was hesitant to hold press conferences or provide regular updates on the situation. This contrasted with other WHO regional offices that were more proactive in communicating with the public. Indian journalists faced difficulties in accessing accurate information about the country’s COVID-19 death toll at the height of the pandemic. The Indian government reportedly lobbied the WHO against releasing its excess deaths report, which would have revealed the country’s true death toll. The SEARO office remained largely silent on this matter, despite the significant public health implications. Shenanigans in WHO South-East Asia as Politician’s Daughter Contests Regional Director Election The region also has exceedingly high air pollution levels, an issue that WHO could get involved with more actively. Severe air pollution has once again engulfed Delhi, affecting health in the region. This year, cities like Mumbai with relatively clean air have also been hit hard. While Singh was hesitant to take a stronger stand on the issue with the respective governments, Wazed is likely to follow suit, given how instrumental the Indian government’s support has been for her victory, experts HPW spoke to said. “It was a victory not for global health or professionalism,” said Kapila. “It was a victory for state politics, and interstate politics and money and basically Bangladesh’s clout to get votes. But then I suppose that is politics for you.” Experts also said that given Hasina’s government is in trouble in Bangladesh and Wazed is aware of her unpopularity within the WHO, she might not want to ruffle any feathers and is unlikely to take any strong policy stand. Image Credits: X, WHO. Hospitals and Ambulances Increasingly in Crosshairs of Israel-Hamas Conflict 06/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Al-Quds Hospital on 29 October. WHO denounced weekend attacks around the hospital; Israel says Al Kuds and other facilities are being used by Hamas. Gaza’s struggling health facilities were again caught in the crosshairs of the Israeli-Hamas conflict over the weekend, as Israel acknowledged it had attacked an ambulance that it claimed was ferrying Hamas gunmen out of Gaza City’s Shifa Hospital, and a dozen UN leaders called for an urgent cease fire. Israel pounded Gaza by air and on the ground over the weekend in what was reportedly amongst the heaviest days ever of bombardment. Hamas continued to fire missiles at Tel Aviv and other major Israeli cities in the center and south. Monday evening, news reports had fighting intensifying around Shifa Hospital, the largest hospital in Gaza, which has been identified by Israel as a major Hamas underground command and control center. Meanwhile, Iranian-aligned Hezbollah forces in Lebanon claimed responsibility for a barrage of rocket attacks on northern Israeli cities, as far south as Haifa. ”We need an immediate humanitarian ceasefire. It’s been over 30 days,” said the heads of over a dozen UN agencies along with six NGOs in a joint appeal published on Monday. “Enough is enough. This must stop now. In Israel, some 1,400 people have been killed and thousands have been injured, according to the Israeli authorities. More than 240 people, including children, have been taken hostage. Rockets continue to traumatise families. More than 200,000 people have been displaced. “This is horrific,” stated the letter, signed by WHO’s Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of UNICEF, UN Women and Care International. “However, the horrific killings of even more civilians in Gaza is an outrage, as is cutting off 2.2 million Palestinians from food, water, medicine, electricity and fuel.” In Gaza, according to the Ministry of Health, nearly 9,500 people have been killed, including 3,900 children and over 2,400 women. More than 23,000 injured people require immediate treatment within overstretched hospitals. Extensive destruction caused by the unprecedented level of Israeli airstrikes on Gaza since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “An entire population is besieged and under attack, denied access to the essentials for survival, bombed in their homes, shelters, hospitals and places of worship,” stated the UN appeal. “This is unacceptable. More than 100 attacks against health care have been reported,” stated the letter, which also called for “the immediate and unconditional release of all civilians held hostage.” Israeli ground troops have now encircled Gaza city on all sides – and are slowly advancing toward the city center, in a complex operation that they say is focused on rooting out and destroying from the air and the ground, the extensive underground tunnel network developed by Hamas over the past decade. On Monday, Israel’s military again urged the estimated 300,000 Palestinians still trapped in northern Gaza to flee south via Gaza’s Salahuddin Highway, between 10-2 p.m. But the Gaza-based Health Ministry warned Palestinians against fleeing via the route, calling it a “death corridor.” WHO protests attacks in the area of Gaza hospitals On Sunday, WHO also condemned Israel’s attack on two ambulances as they tried to leave Shifa hospital, as well as attacks in the vicinity of two other major Gaza hospitals in the north of the enclave, Al-Quds and the Indonesian hospital. “According to reports, at Shifa Hospital, ambulances were evacuating critically injured and sick patients to hospitals in the south of the Gaza Strip,” said the WHO statement, “when there was an attack at the entrance of the hospital. “According to early reports, at least 13 people were killed and more than 60 injured. The hospital infrastructure and one ambulance sustained damage. This was in addition to an earlier incident that had resulted in damage to another ambulance in the same convoy,” said the WHO statement. WHO also reported that “two further attacks were reported on the same day at Al-Quds hospital, resulting in 21 injuries, as well as near the Indonesian hospital,” noting that “attacks on health care.. may amount to a violation of international law. Israel: Hamas systematically using hospitals and ambulances Aerial view of the Gaza’s Indonesian Hospital, with the outlines of what Israel says are military tunnels. In a foreign press briefing Sunday, Israel’s military spokesperson Dan Hagari charged that the ambulances attacked by Israel were being used to transport Hamas gunmen. His briefing followed comments by senior US administration officials earlier in the week that Hamas had tried to sneak its fighters out of Gaza in ambulances taking seriously wounded to Egypt. “It’s a war crime,” he said, “that Hamas is using hospitals for military purposes.” As for the hospitals, Hagari displayed aerial and satellite photographs of alleged Hamas’ operations in and around the Indonesian Hospital and Gaza’s Qatari-funded Sheikh Hamad bin Khalifa al-Thani Hospital. They included pictures of what Hagari said were tunnel entry points by the Qatari hospital, exposed by Israel’s forces in recent ground operations, as well a video of alleged Hamas shooting from the hospital grounds. Parts of the hospital were also damaged in aerial raids, earlier in the month. At the Indonesian Hospital, Hagari displayed time series photos showing stacks of cement arches on the hospital grounds when the facility was being built in 2010, which he said laid the foundations for the tunnel network now buried under the facility. Israeli military spokesman Daniel Hagari points to cement arches that he says Hamas used to expand its tunnel network during the hospital’s 2010 construction. “How Hamas uses hospitals to disguise the war machine is systematic,” he said. “Cement arches are not needed when building hospitals. They are used to build an underground city of terror and underground metro tunnels. We have watched Hamas use these arches to build tunnels for many years. “Instead of building homes for Gazans, Hamas built this metro over hundreds of kilometers underneath Gaza and underneath places like hospitals and mosques. Israel continues to rebuff reports of fuel shortages Israel has also continued to rebuff humanitarian appeals for fuel to replenish what WHO says are severely depleted hospital supplies. “There is no shortage of fuel in Gaza,” Hagari declared at the briefing, playing what he said was a covertly recorded conversation between a Hamas operative and a Shifa Hospital administrator, about the movement of fuel supplies. “Hamas stores this fuel underneath hospitals in Gaza – the very hospitals that Hamas tells the world is running out of fuel,” he said. On Sunday, Israel’s Ambassador to the UN in New York City shared a video of Shifa’s windows illuminated at night, along with outdoor spotlights, for what he said was a public screening by Hamas of a military video on the hospital grounds. Last night near Al Shifa Hospital, Hamas held a screening of their attacks on Israelis for thousands of Gazans. Spotlights were glaring. Every single window was lit up. The footage was shown on a large TV. Hundreds were filming the terror attacks with smartphones. Hamas has… pic.twitter.com/n4dSdNnqA7 — Ambassador Gilad Erdan גלעד ארדן (@giladerdan1) November 5, 2023 “Hamas has plenty of fuel for whatever they choose to prioritize,” Erdan said. “If only ICU incubators were as important to Hamas ….” Hostages largely forgotten in the bitter conflict Sharon Cunio and her husband with their twin daughters, prior to being kidnapped by Hamas. As the claims on both sides rage along with the bitter military conflict, the families of the estimated 241 hostages held by Hamas since 7 October expressed growing desperation over the fate of their families, and the lack of attention the captives are receiving. “All around me I have witnessed a silence so enormous, it feels cacophonous;” wrote Alana Zeitchik, a New York City-based media professional of Yemenite-Israeli origins in the Sunday New York Times. Her cousin Sharon Cunio, husband David and their three-year old twins are being held captive along with Sharon’s sister and five-year-old daughter, since being snatched by Hamas gunmen from their bomb shelter on Kibbutz Nir Oz. Their plight, she said, is an issue which few in the humanitarian community have cared to address. “Again and again I hear that Israel is a country of white colonizers and oppressors,” she wrote in the Times. “Some of my bewilderment is in my very skin. My maternal grandparents, Avraham and Sara, grew up in a tiny rural village in central Yemen. Like other Jews in the Arabian Peninsula, Yemenite Jews were persecuted as second-class citizens… In 1949, after pogroms against Jews in Yemen, my grandparents set out by foot and donkey on an arduous journey to the capital, Sana. From there, they were airlifted during Operation Magic Carpet to the newly formed state of Israel. As refugees fleeing oppression in their birth country, they began their lives in Israel in poverty. Slowly they built a humble but comfortable life and raised five children, amongst them my mother. So maybe you can imagine my surprise the first time I heard my Israeli family called “white colonizers.” When did we become white? And how could a family fleeing persecution be perceived as colonizers? “It would appear they believe my suffering to be collateral damage in service of some universal truth they hold higher. Is it really impossible to hold these two truths at the same time — that both Israeli and Palestinian civilians are suffering at great cost?” she asked. Within Israel there is widespread sentiment that any cease-fire needs to be conditioned upon release of the hostages – who are being held in unknown locations, and without any access to the International Red Cross. “Israel allowed humanitarian aid into Gaza, why aren’t our children getting the same?” asked Moran Alony, brother of Sharon, speaking on the sidelines of the UN Security Council in New York City late last month. Image Credits: https://www.emro.who.int/media/news/hospitals-in-the-gaza-strip-at-a-breaking-point-warns-who.html , WHO/EMRO , Times of Israel . Intellectual Property Negotiations Belong at WTO, European Countries Tell Pandemic Accord Negotiations 06/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan INB co-chairs Roland Driece (centre) and Precious Matsoso (right) at the seventh meeting of the intergovernmental negotiating body. At the start of the seventh round of negotiations on a pandemic agreement on Monday, a number of European countries asserted that any changes to intellectual property (IP) rights should be thrashed out at the World Trade Organization (WTO) – not the World Health Organization (WHO). IP rights are one of the most controversial aspects of the pandemic agreement negotiations and, with a negotiating text finally before WHO member states, sharp disagreements were once again evident at the Monday plenary of the intergovernmental negotiating body (INB). Describing the text as an “improvement”, the European Union nonetheless expressed concerns about clauses on IP, technology transfer and finance in the text. Germany, Sweden, Ireland and the UK were more direct in their opposition to any attempts to undermine IP protection, stating that discussions belong at the WTO. “Speaking as one of those Geneva ambassadors who has the good fortune to cover both the United Nations and the World Trade Organisation, I do need to reaffirm our conviction that the WTO is the appropriate forum to discuss our obligations on intellectual property,” said the UK representative. US representative Colin McIff and Ambassador Pamela Hamamoto. Meanwhile, the US stated that “eliminating intellectual property protections will not effectively improve equitable access during pandemic emergencies, and will in fact harm the systems that have served us well in the past. “The United States believes strongly in IP protections which serve to fuel investment and innovation. We agree that more timely access to these innovations should be central to our discussions and are exploring options to prioritise the availability of medical counter-measures for developing countries during future pandemic emergencies.” Articles 10 (on sustainable production) and 11 (tech transfer and know-how) appear to be the thorns in their flesh. Article 10 simply “encourages” entities – particularly those that get significant public financing – to grant “non-exclusive, royalty-free licences to any manufacturers, particularly from developing countries, to use their intellectual property” to develop “pre-pandemic and pandemic diagnostics, vaccines and therapeutics”. Article 11 is more explicit, committing parties during pandemics to “time-bound waivers of intellectual property rights to accelerate or scale up the manufacturing of pandemic-related products”. During the stakeholder session, Knowledge Ecology International (KEI) described the text’s provisions on IP limitation as “well-intentioned but problematic”. “Parties do not need to refer to the WTO TRIPS agreement or a waiver. Global rules on exceptions are broad enough. What is needed is the implementation of laws and use of exceptions at the national level, to address IP issues in a way that is useful,” said KEI. KEI’s Thiru Balasubramaniam WTO appeals for synergies The WTO appealed for “synergies and complementarity” between its processes and bodies and the “trade-related elements of the INB’s draft negotiating text”. These include consideration by the TRIPS Council of extending “to COVID-19 therapeutics and diagnostics the 2022 ministerial decision on the TRIPS Agreement”, discussions in the Council for Trading Goods on “export restrictions, regulatory requirements, international coordination, transparency, and trade facilitation”, and “mapping manufacturing capacities and demand” to develop a “global supply chain and logistics network”. Meanwhile, the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) asserted that “any outcome from the INB process should not affect the rights and obligations and the other existing international agreements” and that “protection of IP rights is important for the development of new medical products”. Meanwhile, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) said that the parts of the current text would undermine the innovation ecosystem that enabled the pharmaceutical industry’s “ability to rapidly develop medical countermeasures”. The IFPMA also warned of “unnecessary bureaucratic hurdles” that “will deter the scientific research”. “The draft lacks a clear strategy for a robust procurement mechanism for low-income countries and fails to adequately address trade barriers that could hinder the global distribution of medical supplies,” added the IFPMA. ‘Common but differentiated responsibilities’ The Equity Group and Africa Group objected to the removal of common but differentiated responsibilities (CBDR) – a term usually used in climate talks to indicate that, while all countries have responsibilities, economic differences mean they cannot all have the same level of responsibilities. The Equity Group, which represents 29 countries across regions – including Brazil, China, South Africa and Pakistan – stated that CBDR is important for “international solidarity and inclusivity”. “CBDR should be included in the treaty with a view to achieving equity and attaining the highest standard of health for all,” said South Africa for the Equity Group. South Africa’s Ambassador Mxolisi Nkosi on behalf of the Equity Group The group “has developed textual proposals to be included in the draft negotiating texts that will lead to the realisation of equity as a central mandate”, noted South Africa. The group wants stronger equity language in eight sections: Article Seven (health and care workforce), Article Nine (research and development), Article 10 (sustainable production), Article 11 (technology transfer), Article 12 (access and benefit sharing), Article 13 (supply chain and logistics), Article 19 (implementation support) and Article 20 (financing). The Africa Group also appealed for health sector strengthening to include a prohibition on wealthy countries poaching health workers from poorer countries. Lack of gender equity Last week, Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF) noted that “there is no reference to sexual and reproductive rights services in the text, “gender equity” has been deleted from general principles, and “gender inequalities” is only mentioned in the articles on health workforce and international cooperation and collaboration. The Pandemic Action Network (PAN) also raised the text’s failure to include “gender equity language for persons in vulnerable situations”. “Equity and human rights must explicitly include gender. Parties must agree to collect and report gender-disaggregated data, uphold social protections and protect the full spectrum of essential health services for all emergencies,” said PAN. The Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights also noted the lack of references to gender and human rights (three mentions each). Meanwhile, the Independent Panel on Pandemic Preparedness and Response called for “definitive, results-oriented language” that commits countries to invest in building regional resilience by defined dates. Modalities still undecided There was widespread member state support for the start of “direct negotiations” focused on the most important aspects of the draft – which is now being referred to as an “agreement” – rather than the more legally binding accord or treaty. However, there was also some support for the continuation of informal meetings to address contentious articles – particularly during the month-long break between the first part of this INB meeting this week and its second session on 4-6 December. Ethiopia’s Ambassador Tsegab Kebebew on behalf of the Africa Group However, Ethiopia on behalf of the Africa Group, rejected the informal meetings as a “parallel process”. The Africa and Equity Groups, as well as countries from the Americas, want to start with the most contentious part of the draft, Chapter Two which covers equity. The INB co-chairs appealed for member states not to repeat their well-known positions “twenty months into negotiations”, but to move forward to find consensus. The US also “urged consideration of industry and stakeholder views, which will be essential for the future implementation of this agreement”. “This outreach needs to be done with greater intensity given these partnerships will provide important information about the viability of many proposals in that text,” said the US. Japan also requested dialogue with “relevant stakeholders, including research institutes, industry, and civil society”, particularly with “entities which will be involved in the implementation of this draft agreement”. Israel-Palestine conflict clouds discussion The Israeli-Palestinian conflict cast a long shadow over the INB meeting, with a number of countries stating their support of one or the other during their comments on the draft. The most tense exchange came from representatives of the territories. “A pandemic situation is in front of our doors in Palestine as the sewage pumping system is not operational any more,” warned the representative from Palestine. Palestine appealed for international assistance, including “air-tight body bags, help with extracting bodies, as well as trucks and bulldozers, medicines, medical equipment and, “the most urgent, water, food and fuel for hospitals, ambulances and health care access in general”. “No place is safe in the occupied Palestinian territory – the West Bank including East Jerusalem and the Gaza Strip,” he concluded, noting that over 9000 Palestinians had been killed in the month-long conflict. However, Israel’s representative accused the Palestinian Authority of giving “a free pass to a genocidal terrorist organisation which unleashed its terror on Israel people on October 7”. “It’s certainly perplexing that the delegation does not condemn the action of Hamas when on October 7, they committed the slaughter of Jewish people, not for anything they have done, but because of who they were. “When Hamas entered southern Israel and slaughtered, raped, tortured and murdered 1400 people, they were civilians,” noted Israel’s delegate, calling on Palestine to “condemn Hamas for using the Palestinians as humans shields and for “the slaughter of 1400 people on October 7,” he concluded. The INB co-chairs allowed comments on the conflict but conceded at the close of the meeting that this had slowed progress and that Tuesday’s meeting would still need to decide on the modalities for negotiations. From Amputations to PTSD: The Devastating Burden of Snakebites on Communities Worldwide 04/11/2023 Maayan Hoffman Snakebite is a complex and neglected issue that requires a multifactorial strategy, including conservation, community engagement, scientific research and robust healthcare delivery, according to experts who recently participated in a Global Health Matters podcast. In the most recent episode of Global Health Matters, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with Fan Hui Wen and Thea Litschka-Koen, snakebite gurus in Brazil and Eswatini, who reveal untold truths about snake bites in their communities and the complexities associated with producing and administering antivenom. He also talks with Diogo Martins, the research lead for snakebite at Wellcome in the United Kingdom. How big is the snakebite challenge? The World Health Organization estimates that 5.4 million people are bitten by snakes every year, and nearly 140,000 people die. “The burden is quite big,” Martins says, explaining that of the 5 million people who are bitten each year, 2 to 2.5 million are venomous bites. “We’re talking about 100,000 deaths every year, and this is most likely an underestimation. And four times more of that will live for the rest of their lives with, unfortunately, amputations PTSD and that’s a huge burden. “And we’ve done a little bit of desk research about how that compares with many other popular global health issues, and it’s actually quite a substantial amount of years lived with disability, and it’s quite expressive that people just do not know much about it because it feels a little bit remote to many of us, unfortunately,” Martins says. How can we treat snakebites? While antivenom is the best treatment for a venomous snakebite, many complexities are associated with producing and administering antivenom, the experts explain. In addition, according to Litschka-Koen, a lot of clinicians have no faith in antivenom, in part because of the ineffectiveness of the antivenoms that are currently on the market. “There is no regulation regarding the effectiveness of the antivenom,” Litschka-Koen, founder and chairperson of the Eswatini Antivenom Foundation, says. “To produce antivenom is not difficult. To go through the pre-clinical trials it is incredibly costly. “I had no idea how difficult and costly and cumbersome it was actually to produce this product. If it does happen, it needs to be very well regulated,” she continues. “It needs to go through the processes, and it needs to be monitored. Otherwise, we’re going to go back 10 years, and we’re going to be in the situation again where the doctors say, what’s the point of using antivenom? It doesn’t work.” She says that countries can and should start producing their antivenom. However, if they do not, then good antivenoms need to be made accessible. Currently, many antivenoms carry a high price tag, making them out of reach for many people living in low- or middle-income societies. “It’s inconceivable that … you can have patients having patients having to pay $100 in many geographies to solve one episode of a snakebite,” Martins notes. “We cannot have individuals that earn $1.50 a day and have the unfortunate circumstance of crossing paths with a venomous snake, and suddenly all of their savings are gone, not to even mention other impacts socially and economically.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters here. Image Credits: TDR/Global Health Matters. Severe Air Pollution Takes Delhi by Surprise 03/11/2023 Chetan Bhattacharji Same place two months apart. Above: AQI 78, 8th of September, 2023, below: AQI 479, 3rd November, 2023 Within hours, the Delhi government closed schools and announced traffic and construction curbs, but experts are questioning whether the government is tackling the right causes. Meanwhile, a database reporting the contribution of pollution from farm fires has been discontinued by the national government. The air quality forecast remains bleak. Delhi’s air pollution suddenly got a whole lot worse on the 2nd of November, hitting the government’s own defined ‘severe’ levels of 379.2 micrograms/m3 of PM2.5 for the 24-hour period. Despite rising levels of awareness and preparedness for air pollution emergencies, the deterioration in air quality was not anticipated by the Air Quality Early Warning System run by the Central government. In light of the rising pollution levels, all govt and private primary schools in Delhi will remain closed for the next 2 days — Arvind Kejriwal (@ArvindKejriwal) November 2, 2023 Unlike in years past, officials both at the national and Delhi state level were quick to respond – reflecting the growing awareness of air pollution’s health harms over the past few years. Within hours, Delhi’s Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal closed primary schools, and the national government launched an 8-point plan to curb pollution emissions, including a system of ‘differential’ fares for public transit to encourage off-peak bus travel. But despite the measures the latest forecast shows the next few days may continue to see severe air pollution or at best ‘very poor.’ This translates into pollution levels that are roughly eight times the WHO 24-hour average guideline standard for PM2.5 levels, widely regarded as the best indicator of health-harmful pollutants. And the immediate outlook remains bleak. ‘Severe or Very Poor’ air quality is forecast for six days starting on the 3rd of November. Stubble burning may, or may not, be the leading factor Delhi’s haze of 2nd November, 2023: The barely visible building is about 700 metres away, when the hourly PM 2.5 level in this location was a little over 450 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3). The WHO’s safe limit for a day is 15 µg/m3. While many have cited the stubble burning by farmers in rural states north of Delhi, as a key driver for seasonally high levels of pollution in the late fall and early winter, local sources may also be playing a larger role in the leading factor in the current emergency, experts said. The fact is that this year, the number of stubble fires burning in Punjab, the state that produces the lion’s share, had declined by about half their seasonal rate, as of the 1st of November. In their quest for sources, some experts were now pointing squarely at Delhi and surrounding cities – where cooking from biomass, traffic and industrial emissions may now be the leading factors. Additionally, there are the classic weather conditions faced by Delhi at this time of year, when falling temperatures, low wind speeds and a lack of rainfall all trap pollutants closer to the ground. Confounding the issues, one leading government data source on air pollution sources, maintained by the System of Air Quality and Weather Forecasting and Research (SAFAR), has been discontinued, making it more difficult to attribute the sources of pollution at all. Living in a Haze How bad is #Delhi #AirPollution today?!Kid’s school cancelled outing tmrw. PM 2.5 at this spot is > 400 micrograms, safe limit is 5. L pic: taken from < 200 m awayR: taken some weeks ago, from > km away Many complaints of headache, scratchy throats, sniffles pic.twitter.com/vjNq0JMEQI — Chetan Bhattacharji (@CBhattacharji) November 2, 2023 On Thursday, the usual morning haze lingered on and appeared to get worse as the day wore on. Visibility fell, and many people complained of sore throats, running noses and fever. Social media was buzzing with pictures and complaints demanding to know how this is allowed to happen year after year. Preliminary data shows that levels of PM 2.5, fine particulates that are the most common indicator for health risks, shot up beyond 250 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3) on average across India’s capital around 2-3 p.m. Thursday afternoon. That’s 17 times greater than WHO’s 24-hour standard of just 15 (µg/m3) . The mid-afternoon spike was also unusual. As it’s the hottest part of the day, pollutants tend to rise with the heat thereby reducing ground-level pollution. The pollution emergency was not forecast although satellites and at least one supercomputer are now being used in India to track air quality. Eight-point graded response plan announced GRAP stage III restrictions kick in . Any vehicle which is BS III petrol and BS IV diesel not allowed to ply . Fine of 20,000 for any transgression. — Ashish Kundra (@ashishkundra) November 2, 2023 The main body in charge of controlling pollution in and around Delhi, the Commission for Air Quality Management (CAQM) blamed meteorological and climate conditions as “highly unfavourable.” The air quality index (AQI) was only expected to worsen in the coming days, it also warned. As the AQI hit ‘severe’ it triggered multiple responses. Government officials gave the go-ahead for an 8-point action plan – under a programme called Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP). Topping the list is more vacuuming and mechanised sweeping of roads and sprinkling water to suppress dust. The government also introduced differential rates on Delhi’s public transport system to encourage off-peak travel to reduce traffic congestion. Bus frequency has also been increased and special shuttles are being started for central government employees, a senior official of the Government of Delhi, Mr Ashish Kundra told Health Policy Watch. The Committee also announced a ban on all construction and demolition projects except for essential hospitals, defence, metro and other infrastructure. They announced restrictions on the movement of older vehicles that fail to meet the latest pollution standards within Delhi and four bordering cities (Gurgugram, Faridabad, Ghaziabad and Gautam Budh Nagar a.k.a. Noida.) Officials Divided: To Walk Or Not To Walk The Indian cricket captain has very rightly raised serious concerns on the worsening air pollution situation in India, which has now extended far beyond North India. — A study by Indian scientists(not global) over a period of 7 years in Delhi and Chennai confirms increased risk… — Jairam Ramesh (@Jairam_Ramesh) November 2, 2023 But there appear to be cracks in the air pollution control system. It goes beyond the well-publicised discussion around a basic shortage of staff. In the first 24 hours of the crisis, there’s been contradictory health advice to residents from two top agencies. Notably, the CAQM, controlled by the Central government, says those in Delhi and its neighbourhood should “walk or use cycles for short distances.” SAFAR, also controlled by the Central government (they have the said supercomputer), says “everyone” should avoid all physical activity outdoors and “give a miss to walk today.” Scientists have documented how even short-term exposure to hazardous levels of PM 2.5 are linked to premature mortality, increased emergency room visits and hospital admissions for acute and chronic cardiovascular and respiratory conditions. As a result they have generally recommended restricting outdoor physical activity on high-pollution days. Focusing on the wrong pollutants? That's #Gurgaon #Gurugram today . The Singapore of #Haryana is becoming flag bearer of #pollution and there is no solution in sight That's is how we spend winter and festivals every year by choking.#AirPollution #DelhiAirPollution #DelhiAirQuality pic.twitter.com/cLn5bv8u8x — Sumedha Sharma (@sumedhasharma86) November 2, 2023 A look at the curbs announced by the CAQM also shows that there is an emphasis on controlling construction and road dust. However, the contribution of these sources to Delhi’s current air pollution problem is very marginal, according to daily source attribution data generated by the Ministry of Earth Sciences. Known as the Decision Support System for Air Quality Management in Delhi (DSS). This is the one India-based reference point remaining for unraveling air pollution sources following the discontinuation of the SAFAR database. For 2 November, the DSS showed Delhi’s construction as contributing 2% of ambient air pollution, while road dust and waste burning contributed just 1% each. In contrast, the largest proportion of pollution currently was from biomass burning – 25% according to the DSS database. This latter presumably includes the thousands of crop stubble farm fires burning up north in the states of Punjab and Haryana – but it also could include local household sources of heating and cooking. Delhi-area transport accounted for about 14%. Meanwhile, another 30% of emissions are transported into the city from 19 nearby towns. Another 16% of emissions originate from areas beyond the Delhi region – although there is no further detail on the types of sources here, as well. Notably, more precise data on the source apportionment of farm fires used to be provided by the SAFAR database, operated by the Centre’s Ministry of Earth Science, until only a year ago and cancelled for reasons that no one has managed to explain. Given a dearth of information about sources, then, major questions remain about how effective are the measures being taken in Delhi in the current air pollution crisis. Farm Fires vs Delhi’s Own Pollution Satellite data shows that the number of farm fires in the north Indian state of Punjab has sharply declined compared to a year ago, but have begun to rise now. Source: CEEW. Many farmers burn the residual stubble from the paddy harvest in order to sow the next crop, largely wheat, by mid-November. It’s the most economical way specially for marginal farmers to do so given how expensive manual labour or machines are. The governing party of Punjab, Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) is also in power in Delhi. It had promised to reduce the number of farm fires by half this year; last year there were almost 50,000. The data so far shows that that seems to be on track. The fire count till the 1st of November, i.e. a day before the air quality turned ‘severe’, was under 9,000 compared to over 17,000 a year ago at the same time. However, the fires are rising daily. The four-day average till 1st November was 2,200 compared to under 900 a week earlier. The number of fires is expected to rise till mid-November when the wheat must be sowed. The smoke appears to be smothering Delhi. While the DSS data showed it was contributing a quarter of the pollution, the EU space programme posted that a “thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires in the northwestern states) is engulfing” the capital. #ImageOfTheDay#India 🇮🇳 has been facing poor #AirQuality over the past few days ⬇️A thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires 🔥 in the northwestern states) is engulfing the skies over #NewDelhi, as visible in the #Sentinel3 🇪🇺🛰️ image of 31 October pic.twitter.com/r2QfFiOKGt — Copernicus EU (@CopernicusEU) November 2, 2023 Additionally, the CAQM stated that there was a sudden increase in the number of farm fires, combined with unfavourable meteorological conditions (low wind speed) moving pollution to Delhi. However, some experts point out that the lower number of farm fires underscores a greater truth. “The contribution from fires or any sources will continue to remain debated as there is not a clear consensus on the emissions inventory being used to develop these models” for source attribution. “Despite lower levels of burning in the same period this year (vis-à-vis) last year, we see that the AQ is as bad, if not worse than last year, and this points to the other sources that exist within the NCR that need better coordination to address. “In two weeks’ time, we will have to shift focus to those more persistent sources that pollute our air throughout the year. The role of meteorology must be discounted at all times- what we cannot control, we cannot obsess over and blame. We can only bring down our emissions,” says Karthik Ganesan, Fellow, Council on Energy, Environment and Water (CEEW.) Swiss, Singapore and Korean Regulatory Agencies Become First to Receive New WHO Listing 03/11/2023 Disha Shetty Drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) and can be used as a point of reference for the approval of new drugs and vaccines. The drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) that can be used as a point of reference for other countries’ deliberations on approval of new drugs and vaccines. The WHO’s recently established WLA framework is intended to create an evidenced-based pathway for regulatory authorities operating at an advanced level of performance to be globally recognized. The overall aim is to provide a point of reference for other national authorities in their consideration of new drugs for approval. This can help promote faster and more robust regulatory reviews in other countries of new, and potentially significant medical products that some national authorities may not have the resources to evaluate thoroughly on their own. Traditionally, WHO as well as many low-and middle-income countries looked to the regulatory decisions of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) or the European Medicines Agency (EMA) for guidance in their own national approval of new drugs and medicines. However, the reference to the US FDA and EMA has always been informal and relatively ad-hoc. WLA label creates a more systematic pathway for international recognition The newly created WLA label aims to correct this by creating a more systematic pathway to international recognition for a national regulatory agency. That should signal to other countries that the agency meets WHO and other internationally recognized regulatory standards and practices. A technical advisory group on WHO-Listed Authorities (TAG-WLA), which met for the first time in September at WHO headquarters in Geneva, made the designations based on a set of criteria established for the WLA framework. The group’s key task is to provide independent, strategic, and technical advice to the WHO as it decides who to add to the WLA. The group has 14 members from the six WHO regions with a broad range of expertise. Asked by Health Policy Watch why the FDA and EMA hadn’t been granted certification yet, a WHO spokesperson said, “several stringent regulatory authorities (SRA) already initiated discussions with WHO on the process towards WLA.” But the spokesperson added, “The decision to apply for evaluation and listing as a WLA is voluntary, and no selection is conducted by WHO; rather, it is initiated by or on behalf of the regulatory authority (RA) if satisfies one of the criteria.” They are: The RA is on the list of transitional WLAs (tWLA). The RA has attained at least overall Maturity Level (ML) 3 as determined through a formal benchmarking against the WHO Global Benchmarking Tool (GBT). “Once eligibility is confirmed, the RA must undergo a performance evaluation process,” the spokesperson added, noting that the process is further described in a new Operational Guidance. WLA designation applies to medicines, not medical devices The WLA framework is currently only applicable to medicines [including multisource (generics), and new medicines (new chemical entities) and/or biotherapeutics and/or similar biotherapeutic products], and vaccines. Medical devices, including in vitro diagnostics, as well as blood and blood derivatives are not in the scope of the WLA, WHO said. The newly WHO-certified authorities include the Health Sciences Authority (HSA), Singapore; the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS), Republic of Korea; and the Swiss Agency for Therapeutic Products (Swissmedic), Switzerland. The listing indicated that the regulatory authority has complied with all the indicators and requirements specified by WHO. “This achievement is the result of investment by the Governments of the Republic of Korea, Singapore and Switzerland in the strengthening of their regulatory systems and reaffirms the collaboration between WHO and the three Governments in promoting confidence, trust and further reliance on authorities that have attained this global recognition, through the transparent and evidence-based pathway for designating and listing of WLAs,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, assistant director-general for Access to Medicines and Health Products. Although the WLA designation will provide a pathway for other countries in deliberating regulatory decisions, the WHO spokesperson stressed that “the ultimate responsibility and decision for using or adopting the regulatory decisions taken by a WLA resides with the users (e.g., other regulatory authorities, procurement agencies) and will depend on the specific context and scope of its intended use.” Image Credits: Unsplash. Health Sector is ‘Ill-Prepared’ to Protect People Against Heat and Other Extreme Weather Events 03/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan People’s exposure to heat is increasing in Ethiopia due to climate change, which is also causing water shortage. Heat is the deadliest of extreme weather events, and heat-related mortality could be 30 times higher than previously thought, killing 500,000 people annually between 2000 and 2019. Yet only half the world’s governments have heat warning services, less than a quarter (23%) of health ministries use meteorological information to monitor climate-sensitive health risks, and only 26 countries have climate-informed, heat-health early warning systems. These are some of the key findings of the 2023 State of Climate Services Report, prepared by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and partners, which was released on Thursday. In assessing progress made in climate services for health globally, the report finds the health sector “ill-prepared to safeguard society”. Addressing the report’s launch, WMO Secretary-General Prof Petteri Taalas said that, by the latter part of this century, “we are going to face very severe combined heat and humidity stress cases, especially at low latitudes”. Prof Petteri Taalas, WMO Secretary General Taalas added that, typically, during heatwaves, air quality was also poor: “When we had the 2003 heatwave Europe, there were 75,000 casualties and a large part of the deaths were related to poor air quality as we had a fairly high concentration of surface ozone. “During these kinds of events, especially in urban areas, we also have challenges with ultrafine particles. That was the case in 2010, when Russia was facing a heat wave and 50,000 people died. There was also fairly poor air quality due to forest fires and peat fires, and we faced a similar situation in Canada this year,” said Taalas. “And we know from the most recent IPCC [Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change] report that practically the whole world has been experiencing an increase of heat waves. About half of the planet has been facing increased flooding events and a third has faced drought,” he added. Climate impacts on health World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanon Ghebreyesus said the report “highlights the need for tailored climate information to support the health sector on a wide range of functions from heat health warning systems to mapping the risk of infectious diseases”. “It also calls for more to be done to prepare the health community for future shocks and pressures due to climate variability. Going forward, we must work together to make high-quality climate services available to all communities and support the health and well-being of people facing the impacts of climate change,” added Tedros. Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Environment, Climate Change and Health, said that the data generated by the WMO and partners was key in assisting the health sector. “If we use this very powerful data, and we put it at the services of the health care system, we can be better prepared to respond and prevent events from heat waves to other extreme weather events to drought, to potential outbreaks of infectious diseases,” said Neira. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, Lead of the WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health Office at WMO, summarising some of the report’s key findings. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health office lead, detailed the “wide and varied” impact of climate on health, from the spread of infectious diseases such as dengue and malaria to impacts on food systems and air quality. But she said one positive is that health has become a policy priority within the national climate policies in almost all countries and there is a “huge opportunity” to bring together climate adaptation and climate science to “help inform the decisions and policymakers to prepare communities that are vulnerable to climate change worldwide to adapt to the health risks”. As usual, lack of finances is a problem. Currently, just 0.2% of total bilateral and multilateral adaptation finance supports health-focused projects. Fiji is vulnerable to sea levels rising and floods, exacerbating waterborne and vector-borne diseases. The report includes case studies of successful partnerships between health and meteorological services. In Fiji, for example, the Ministry of Health and the meteorological services have data-sharing agreements to track waterborne and vector-borne diseases as the country battles with sea level rise and extreme weather events. Argentina’s public institutions have been working with their research community to develop evidence-based public warnings for extreme heat for specific locations and populations. “In the first year of the launch of this heat-health early warning system, Argentina has launched 987 alerts across the country that have helped their public services and their communities to better prepare for the heat season,” said Shumake-Guillemot. Meanwhile, in Europe an estimated 40 million people suffer from seasonal allergies and the region’s AutoPollen project predicts, detects and reports pollen concentrations in real time to doctors, patients and allergy patient associations via an online system and mobile app. Way forward to COP28 and beyond “Despite examples of success, data shows that the health sector is under-utilizing available climate knowledge and tools. At the same time, climate services need to be further enhanced to fully satisfy the health sector requirements,” the report notes. Meanwhile, Neira told the launch that health is firmly on the agenda of the next global climate meeting, COP28. “There will be a special ministerial high-level roundtable and the first-ever health day at COP28,” said Neira. “This is not only to raise the voice of the health community to explain how bad [climate change] is impacting our health, but to ask for more action and to demonstrate that the health community is now very much into the political agenda and in pushing for the reduction of emissions and adaptation,” she added. Wellcome Trust’s Madeleine Thomson, head of impacts and adaptation, predicts “a tsunami of demand coming to the climate community for climate information relevant to health”. “At the moment, we do not have a well-developed health community that is capacitated to ask the right questions, seek the right partnerships, and engage effectively,” said Thomson, but added that a lot more could be done to bring the health and climate communities together. Image Credits: Oxfam East Africa. WHO Repeats Call for Humanitarian Pause in Gaza-Israel Conflict as Injured Palestinians Arrive in Egypt for Treatment 02/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza Palestinian arrives in Egypt via the Rafah border, opened for the first time to the exit of critically wounded and ill since the start of the Israeli-Hamas conflict. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus repeated calls for a “humanitarian pause” in the fierce fighting between Israel and Hamas-controlled Gaza to allow for the resupply of Palestinian hospitals in Gaza, and treatment of injured and ill, saying “we are running out of words to describe the horror.” Speaking at a press briefing Thursday, Tedros welcomed Egypt’s agreement Tuesday to open two northern Sinai’s hospitals to critically ill or injured Palestinians, but noted that so far only 46 people have so far managed to cross over for treatment. Three field hospitals to be set up in Gaza are also in the planning now to handle the humanitarian emergency. But implementation would depend on safe passage arrangements. And such facilities cannot replace regular services, Tedros stressed, noting that 14 out of 36 hospitals in the Gaza Strip are not functioning right now. Meanwhile, while the world’s attention is focused on Gaza and Israel, Sudan’s health system is also cracking under the strain of more than 7 million internally displaced people – one of the largest in the world, said WHO’s director general in his remarks. “The already fragile health system is buckling under the load of injuries, outbreaks, malnutrition and untreated cases of diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular, kidney and respiratory disease,” Tedros said. “In addition to measles, rubella, malaria and dengue, outbreaks of cholera have been declared in three states.” Horror still unfolding WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at 2 November press briefing. “Since Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel, on 7 October, more than 10,000 people have been killed. including more than 8500 in Gaza, and 1400 in Israel,” Tedros said. “In both Israel and Gaza, Some 70% of those killed are women and children. More than 21,000 people are injured and more than 1.4 million people in Gaza have been displaced. Despite the rising calls for a “humanitarian pause” including from US President Joe Biden, the conflict showed no signs of letting up yet. Israeli ground troops appeared to be tightening their grip around Hamas strongholds in Gaza City, in the north of the enclave, backed by aerial bombardment. Hamas missile attacks on Israeli cities continued for the 27th day, while in Lebanon, Hizbullah and Hamas stepped up pressure on Israel’s northern front, firing dozens of rockets into Israeli communities Thursday evening with a fiery direct hit in one city, Kiryat Shmona. “Everywhere…. death, destruction, loss. So far, WHO has verified 277 attacks on health care, including 218 in the occupied Palestinian territory, and 19 in Israel,” Tedros remarked. “The situation on the ground in Gaza is indescribable. Hospitals crammed with the injured lying in corridors…. Doctors performing surgery without anesthesia. Thousands of people seeking shelter from the bombardment. Families crammed into overcrowded rooms desperate for food and water. Toilets overflowing and the risk of disease outbreak spreading and everywhere. Flames and smoke billow during Israeli strikes in Gaza, which have caused an unprecedented level of destruction since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “At the very least, we need a humanitarian pause in the fighting and ideally a ceasefire. We need unfettered access and safe passage agreed by both parties to ensure the security of access routes,”’” the WHO Director General warned. “Let me be clear, there can be no justification for Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel,” he said referring to the 7 October surprise rampage by Hamas gunmen into 22 Israeli communities near Gaza that left over 1300 Israelis shot, burned or bludgeoned to death, while 242 men, women and children were taken hostage. “I understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Israeli people. I also understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Palestinian people,” Tedros said. “WHO continues to call on Hamas to release the hostages, many of whom need urgent medical attention,” he added. “We continue to call on Israel to restore supplies of electricity, water and fuel. We continue to call on both sides to abide by their obligations under international humanitarian law. And we call on who[ever] can, to de-escalate this conflict rather than inflame it.” WHO supplies delivered – but not reaching all parts of the enclave WHO health supplies delivered to Al Nasser Medical complex in the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis on 23 October, after a humanitarian corridor from Egypt opened up. Resupply to hospitals in northern Gaza has become virtually impossible since Israeli ground troops entered Gaza, WHO says. So far, WHO has been able to deliver some 54 metric tons of medical supplies to Gaza since an emergency corridor opened from Egypt, at the Rafah crossing, said Tedros. But he described this as a “drip feed” of aid in comparison to the scale required. “Before the seventh of October, an average of 500 tracks a day were crossing in together with essential supplies. Since the seventh of October, only 217 tracks have entered in total. To sustain the humanitarian response on the scale needed, we need hundreds of trucks to enter Gaza every day.” And with fierce fighting underway in northern Gaza between Israel and Hamas for the past several days, resupply of many health facilities has been impossible, said Mike Ryan, WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies. “Getting trucks over the border is one thing, getting them to the places in which they’re needed is another and that has not been facilitated that has not been supported, in fact, if anything quite the opposite,” he said. Over the coming months, WHO is developing a plan to set up three field hospitals in Gaza, including one in the northern part of the enclave and two in the south, said Dr Richard Peeperkorn, WHO’s Jerusalem-based representative for the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Dr Richard Peeperkorn, Jerusalem-based WHO representative to the Occupied Palestinian Territories. The field hospitals would be part of a $50 million operational plan, also including recruitment of specialized emergency medical teams from abroad (EMTs). Even so, “the focus is first and foremost, on supporting existing health facilities, strengthening and maintaining services and instituting a trauma pathway,” Peeperkorn underlined. “We are now in an ultra-emergency phase. But in this humanitarian response, we have to focus on supporting, making sure that the existing health systems will be able to deliver. “It would be really a bit delusional if you think that when a few EMTs from outside, or setting up a few hospitals, that we can supply appropriate or even a minimum level of health services for 2.2 million Gazans. “To have, of course, this plan – to make sure it’s operational, we need, ideally, a humanitarian ceasefire. But we definitely need humanitarian corridors and then a sustained access to the needed supplies.” Presence of Hamas centers under hospitals – irrelevant to obligation to protect them Al Shifa Hospital – 15 October. Emergency Medical Teams (EMTs) deployed in a tent outside the hospital, the largest in Gaza, to handle the surge of patients. As for Israel’s assertions that Hamas has sited key military command and control centers as well as supplies, underneath some of Gaza’s major hospitals, particularly Al Shifa and Al Quds in the northern part of the enclave, Ryan said that this didn’t absolve Israel from the responsibility to shield the facilities from attack. Israel has told the hospitals that they need to evacuate patients and staff to the south, in order to stay clear of the conflict. “The reality on the ground at Al Shifa and other hospitals is that we have thousands of health workers, thousands of patients, and probably hundreds of thousands of civilians sheltering at these multiple facilities particularly, and all over but in the north now,” Ryan said. “The rules are clear on this. Health care must be protected. “We know what’s going on above the ground. We deal with the doctors, the nurses and the administrators of the hospitals, and they’re crammed full of patients, ongoing operations, intensive care, and much much else. “We have no information on what may be happening elsewhere, or underneath these facilities. That’s not information we would have or could verify.” Mike Ryan, WHO Health Emergencies ED: Use of hospitals for military purposes is illegal, but WHO has no independent verification of the reports. While Ryan acknowledged that any “misuse of facilities for military purposes is equally outlawed under international law… we have no independent verification whatsoever of any of the information. “And in this situation where such an eventuality occurs, again, it is the responsibility of the occupying power to, not only agree with the local health authorities on an evacuation, but then if that does happen, that has to be fully facilitated, fully supported logistically, and those patients those doctors need to have a place of safety where the patients can receive an adequate and similar amount of care. None of those, none of those criteria are met.” Mental health trauma on both sides Burnt-out remains of a home at Israel’s Kibbutz Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border where 52 of the community’s 400 members were killed by Hamas on 7 October, and another 20 are missing or held captive. Israelis as well as Palestinians are suffering the snowballing mental health effects of the ongoing revelations around the Hamas massacre on 7 October and ensuing war, said Peeperkorn as well as WHO’s representative in Israel, Dr. Michel Thieren. In Gaza, there is the lack of day -to-day access to basic necessities, as well as the constant risk of death from aerial bombardments, Peeperkorn observed. While UN staff are often considered “a bit more privileged than the other Gazans… in many of my staff, they are completely desperate, utterly, utterly desperate, and utterly depressed, and no vision about life anymore. And this is a group that a lot of people would call privileged, so think about the rest of Gazans. On the Israeli side, still-unfolding evidence of the rape, mutilation, or burning of many civilian victims of the 7 October Hamas incursion, has become seared in the collective Isareli consciousness. Along with that, are the concerns about the fate of the 242 hostages reportedly held by Hamas, including about 50 infants, children and older people, as well as women and men. “It’s a whole shadow of trauma that is spreading across the country, the survivors, the families of hostages, the witnesses of atrocities,” said Thieren, who has been quoted saying that in Israel’s Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border, he saw scenes “that I never saw in Syria, Iraq, Sudan or anywhere else.” “The displaced populations, the hosting communities of those displaced people and survivors. I would even say, the decision makers, the whole country is plunged into a night of trauma, and the trauma spreads like a virus.” He noted that WHO’s European Regional Director Hans Kluge had just visited Israel to see the site of the 7 October mass killings first-hand, and discuss strengthened collaborations on mental health and rehabilitation. Image Credits: WHO/EMRO, Health Policy Watch. Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Saima Wazed Elected WHO South-East Asia Regional Director Despite Corruption Claims 07/11/2023 Disha Shetty Saima Wazed (in black), along with her mother Bangladesh Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina, during an official visit to the United States to meet US President Joe Biden and First Lady Jill Biden. Wazed’s election as WHO-SEARO’s regional director has been dogged by allegations of nepotism, and her mother’s government is said to have relentlessly lobbied for her win. Amidst a flurry of allegations of nepotism and political corruption, Saima Wazed, daughter of Bangladesh Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina, has emerged victorious in the race for the World Health Organization’s South-East Asia (WHO-SEARO) regional director. Wazed’s limited international public health experience and expertise, confined to the narrow field of autism, have raised concerns among experts about her ability to effectively lead the region’s health agenda. “It is a bit of an experiment to see if a non-public health qualified person with zero public health experience can actually provide the degree of inspiration that is needed to bring about significant shifts or strengthening public health policy,” Mukesh Kapila, a public health expert with experience working in 120 countries, told Health Policy Watch. While acknowledging the possibility of improvements in the management and internal workings of WHO regional and country offices under Wazed’s leadership, Kapila remains sceptical. “Can she improve the relevance, effectiveness and efficiency of the WHO in the region? Time will tell,” said Kapila. Wazed’s dual Canadian citizenship has also drawn scrutiny, raising questions about potential conflicts of interest and her commitment to public health in Bangladesh and the wider South-East Asia region. Politics wins over experience in WHO-SEARO backrooms Wazed’s victory is being attributed to a relentless campaign by her mother’s government, which mobilized its diplomatic network to secure her election. She will now be responsible for providing independent and impartial advice to Bangladesh from WHO. “The fact [is] that professionals and staff, from my own conversations with them in SEARO, have no confidence in her,” said Kapila. “She’ll be trying her very best not to ruffle [them] too much as she will be trying to win them over. And that means she is unlikely to be much of a change agent.” Selfie with my fellow nominee! The 76th Session of the @WHOSEARO Regional Committee kicked off this morning in #NewDelhi, #India. pic.twitter.com/A5vbyd0Cvh — Saima Wazed (@drSaimaWazed) October 30, 2023 Her election opponent Shambhu Prasad Acharya is a veteran WHO official with three decades of experience with the UN health body. Acharya, who received immense support from Nepal’s civil society, was seen as a more qualified candidate but lacked support from other countries in the region. Kapila attributed Acharya’s loss to Nepal’s position as a poor country that was unable to strike backroom deals to push its candidate, emphasizing that such tactics should not be necessary in the selection of WHO officials. Of the 11 countries in the region, 10 were eligible to vote in a secret ballot, with Myanmar being disenfranchised because of the sanctions imposed on it. The Bangladesh High Commission shared that Wazed had received 8 out of the 10 votes. Wazed will take charge in February next year and will be succeeding India’s Poonam Khetrapal Singh who has held the post for a decade now. Outgoing WHO-SEARO Regional Director Dr Poonam Khetrapal Singh announced earlier this month that Bangladesh has become the world’s first country to eliminate visceral leishmaniasis. The selection process of WHO’s regional offices has been in the news for a while now. In September, the medical journal The Lancet carried an editorial about the concerns about the candidate selection, and opacity of the election process. Wazed’s candidacy was also questioned on similar grounds. Earlier this year WHO fired the regional director for the Western Pacific region on an enquiry into allegations of misconduct, as HPW reported in March this year. Despite a quarter of the world’s population living in the SEARO region and the high number of COVID-19 deaths recorded during the pandemic, the SEARO office was hesitant to hold press conferences or provide regular updates on the situation. This contrasted with other WHO regional offices that were more proactive in communicating with the public. Indian journalists faced difficulties in accessing accurate information about the country’s COVID-19 death toll at the height of the pandemic. The Indian government reportedly lobbied the WHO against releasing its excess deaths report, which would have revealed the country’s true death toll. The SEARO office remained largely silent on this matter, despite the significant public health implications. Shenanigans in WHO South-East Asia as Politician’s Daughter Contests Regional Director Election The region also has exceedingly high air pollution levels, an issue that WHO could get involved with more actively. Severe air pollution has once again engulfed Delhi, affecting health in the region. This year, cities like Mumbai with relatively clean air have also been hit hard. While Singh was hesitant to take a stronger stand on the issue with the respective governments, Wazed is likely to follow suit, given how instrumental the Indian government’s support has been for her victory, experts HPW spoke to said. “It was a victory not for global health or professionalism,” said Kapila. “It was a victory for state politics, and interstate politics and money and basically Bangladesh’s clout to get votes. But then I suppose that is politics for you.” Experts also said that given Hasina’s government is in trouble in Bangladesh and Wazed is aware of her unpopularity within the WHO, she might not want to ruffle any feathers and is unlikely to take any strong policy stand. Image Credits: X, WHO. Hospitals and Ambulances Increasingly in Crosshairs of Israel-Hamas Conflict 06/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Al-Quds Hospital on 29 October. WHO denounced weekend attacks around the hospital; Israel says Al Kuds and other facilities are being used by Hamas. Gaza’s struggling health facilities were again caught in the crosshairs of the Israeli-Hamas conflict over the weekend, as Israel acknowledged it had attacked an ambulance that it claimed was ferrying Hamas gunmen out of Gaza City’s Shifa Hospital, and a dozen UN leaders called for an urgent cease fire. Israel pounded Gaza by air and on the ground over the weekend in what was reportedly amongst the heaviest days ever of bombardment. Hamas continued to fire missiles at Tel Aviv and other major Israeli cities in the center and south. Monday evening, news reports had fighting intensifying around Shifa Hospital, the largest hospital in Gaza, which has been identified by Israel as a major Hamas underground command and control center. Meanwhile, Iranian-aligned Hezbollah forces in Lebanon claimed responsibility for a barrage of rocket attacks on northern Israeli cities, as far south as Haifa. ”We need an immediate humanitarian ceasefire. It’s been over 30 days,” said the heads of over a dozen UN agencies along with six NGOs in a joint appeal published on Monday. “Enough is enough. This must stop now. In Israel, some 1,400 people have been killed and thousands have been injured, according to the Israeli authorities. More than 240 people, including children, have been taken hostage. Rockets continue to traumatise families. More than 200,000 people have been displaced. “This is horrific,” stated the letter, signed by WHO’s Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of UNICEF, UN Women and Care International. “However, the horrific killings of even more civilians in Gaza is an outrage, as is cutting off 2.2 million Palestinians from food, water, medicine, electricity and fuel.” In Gaza, according to the Ministry of Health, nearly 9,500 people have been killed, including 3,900 children and over 2,400 women. More than 23,000 injured people require immediate treatment within overstretched hospitals. Extensive destruction caused by the unprecedented level of Israeli airstrikes on Gaza since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “An entire population is besieged and under attack, denied access to the essentials for survival, bombed in their homes, shelters, hospitals and places of worship,” stated the UN appeal. “This is unacceptable. More than 100 attacks against health care have been reported,” stated the letter, which also called for “the immediate and unconditional release of all civilians held hostage.” Israeli ground troops have now encircled Gaza city on all sides – and are slowly advancing toward the city center, in a complex operation that they say is focused on rooting out and destroying from the air and the ground, the extensive underground tunnel network developed by Hamas over the past decade. On Monday, Israel’s military again urged the estimated 300,000 Palestinians still trapped in northern Gaza to flee south via Gaza’s Salahuddin Highway, between 10-2 p.m. But the Gaza-based Health Ministry warned Palestinians against fleeing via the route, calling it a “death corridor.” WHO protests attacks in the area of Gaza hospitals On Sunday, WHO also condemned Israel’s attack on two ambulances as they tried to leave Shifa hospital, as well as attacks in the vicinity of two other major Gaza hospitals in the north of the enclave, Al-Quds and the Indonesian hospital. “According to reports, at Shifa Hospital, ambulances were evacuating critically injured and sick patients to hospitals in the south of the Gaza Strip,” said the WHO statement, “when there was an attack at the entrance of the hospital. “According to early reports, at least 13 people were killed and more than 60 injured. The hospital infrastructure and one ambulance sustained damage. This was in addition to an earlier incident that had resulted in damage to another ambulance in the same convoy,” said the WHO statement. WHO also reported that “two further attacks were reported on the same day at Al-Quds hospital, resulting in 21 injuries, as well as near the Indonesian hospital,” noting that “attacks on health care.. may amount to a violation of international law. Israel: Hamas systematically using hospitals and ambulances Aerial view of the Gaza’s Indonesian Hospital, with the outlines of what Israel says are military tunnels. In a foreign press briefing Sunday, Israel’s military spokesperson Dan Hagari charged that the ambulances attacked by Israel were being used to transport Hamas gunmen. His briefing followed comments by senior US administration officials earlier in the week that Hamas had tried to sneak its fighters out of Gaza in ambulances taking seriously wounded to Egypt. “It’s a war crime,” he said, “that Hamas is using hospitals for military purposes.” As for the hospitals, Hagari displayed aerial and satellite photographs of alleged Hamas’ operations in and around the Indonesian Hospital and Gaza’s Qatari-funded Sheikh Hamad bin Khalifa al-Thani Hospital. They included pictures of what Hagari said were tunnel entry points by the Qatari hospital, exposed by Israel’s forces in recent ground operations, as well a video of alleged Hamas shooting from the hospital grounds. Parts of the hospital were also damaged in aerial raids, earlier in the month. At the Indonesian Hospital, Hagari displayed time series photos showing stacks of cement arches on the hospital grounds when the facility was being built in 2010, which he said laid the foundations for the tunnel network now buried under the facility. Israeli military spokesman Daniel Hagari points to cement arches that he says Hamas used to expand its tunnel network during the hospital’s 2010 construction. “How Hamas uses hospitals to disguise the war machine is systematic,” he said. “Cement arches are not needed when building hospitals. They are used to build an underground city of terror and underground metro tunnels. We have watched Hamas use these arches to build tunnels for many years. “Instead of building homes for Gazans, Hamas built this metro over hundreds of kilometers underneath Gaza and underneath places like hospitals and mosques. Israel continues to rebuff reports of fuel shortages Israel has also continued to rebuff humanitarian appeals for fuel to replenish what WHO says are severely depleted hospital supplies. “There is no shortage of fuel in Gaza,” Hagari declared at the briefing, playing what he said was a covertly recorded conversation between a Hamas operative and a Shifa Hospital administrator, about the movement of fuel supplies. “Hamas stores this fuel underneath hospitals in Gaza – the very hospitals that Hamas tells the world is running out of fuel,” he said. On Sunday, Israel’s Ambassador to the UN in New York City shared a video of Shifa’s windows illuminated at night, along with outdoor spotlights, for what he said was a public screening by Hamas of a military video on the hospital grounds. Last night near Al Shifa Hospital, Hamas held a screening of their attacks on Israelis for thousands of Gazans. Spotlights were glaring. Every single window was lit up. The footage was shown on a large TV. Hundreds were filming the terror attacks with smartphones. Hamas has… pic.twitter.com/n4dSdNnqA7 — Ambassador Gilad Erdan גלעד ארדן (@giladerdan1) November 5, 2023 “Hamas has plenty of fuel for whatever they choose to prioritize,” Erdan said. “If only ICU incubators were as important to Hamas ….” Hostages largely forgotten in the bitter conflict Sharon Cunio and her husband with their twin daughters, prior to being kidnapped by Hamas. As the claims on both sides rage along with the bitter military conflict, the families of the estimated 241 hostages held by Hamas since 7 October expressed growing desperation over the fate of their families, and the lack of attention the captives are receiving. “All around me I have witnessed a silence so enormous, it feels cacophonous;” wrote Alana Zeitchik, a New York City-based media professional of Yemenite-Israeli origins in the Sunday New York Times. Her cousin Sharon Cunio, husband David and their three-year old twins are being held captive along with Sharon’s sister and five-year-old daughter, since being snatched by Hamas gunmen from their bomb shelter on Kibbutz Nir Oz. Their plight, she said, is an issue which few in the humanitarian community have cared to address. “Again and again I hear that Israel is a country of white colonizers and oppressors,” she wrote in the Times. “Some of my bewilderment is in my very skin. My maternal grandparents, Avraham and Sara, grew up in a tiny rural village in central Yemen. Like other Jews in the Arabian Peninsula, Yemenite Jews were persecuted as second-class citizens… In 1949, after pogroms against Jews in Yemen, my grandparents set out by foot and donkey on an arduous journey to the capital, Sana. From there, they were airlifted during Operation Magic Carpet to the newly formed state of Israel. As refugees fleeing oppression in their birth country, they began their lives in Israel in poverty. Slowly they built a humble but comfortable life and raised five children, amongst them my mother. So maybe you can imagine my surprise the first time I heard my Israeli family called “white colonizers.” When did we become white? And how could a family fleeing persecution be perceived as colonizers? “It would appear they believe my suffering to be collateral damage in service of some universal truth they hold higher. Is it really impossible to hold these two truths at the same time — that both Israeli and Palestinian civilians are suffering at great cost?” she asked. Within Israel there is widespread sentiment that any cease-fire needs to be conditioned upon release of the hostages – who are being held in unknown locations, and without any access to the International Red Cross. “Israel allowed humanitarian aid into Gaza, why aren’t our children getting the same?” asked Moran Alony, brother of Sharon, speaking on the sidelines of the UN Security Council in New York City late last month. Image Credits: https://www.emro.who.int/media/news/hospitals-in-the-gaza-strip-at-a-breaking-point-warns-who.html , WHO/EMRO , Times of Israel . Intellectual Property Negotiations Belong at WTO, European Countries Tell Pandemic Accord Negotiations 06/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan INB co-chairs Roland Driece (centre) and Precious Matsoso (right) at the seventh meeting of the intergovernmental negotiating body. At the start of the seventh round of negotiations on a pandemic agreement on Monday, a number of European countries asserted that any changes to intellectual property (IP) rights should be thrashed out at the World Trade Organization (WTO) – not the World Health Organization (WHO). IP rights are one of the most controversial aspects of the pandemic agreement negotiations and, with a negotiating text finally before WHO member states, sharp disagreements were once again evident at the Monday plenary of the intergovernmental negotiating body (INB). Describing the text as an “improvement”, the European Union nonetheless expressed concerns about clauses on IP, technology transfer and finance in the text. Germany, Sweden, Ireland and the UK were more direct in their opposition to any attempts to undermine IP protection, stating that discussions belong at the WTO. “Speaking as one of those Geneva ambassadors who has the good fortune to cover both the United Nations and the World Trade Organisation, I do need to reaffirm our conviction that the WTO is the appropriate forum to discuss our obligations on intellectual property,” said the UK representative. US representative Colin McIff and Ambassador Pamela Hamamoto. Meanwhile, the US stated that “eliminating intellectual property protections will not effectively improve equitable access during pandemic emergencies, and will in fact harm the systems that have served us well in the past. “The United States believes strongly in IP protections which serve to fuel investment and innovation. We agree that more timely access to these innovations should be central to our discussions and are exploring options to prioritise the availability of medical counter-measures for developing countries during future pandemic emergencies.” Articles 10 (on sustainable production) and 11 (tech transfer and know-how) appear to be the thorns in their flesh. Article 10 simply “encourages” entities – particularly those that get significant public financing – to grant “non-exclusive, royalty-free licences to any manufacturers, particularly from developing countries, to use their intellectual property” to develop “pre-pandemic and pandemic diagnostics, vaccines and therapeutics”. Article 11 is more explicit, committing parties during pandemics to “time-bound waivers of intellectual property rights to accelerate or scale up the manufacturing of pandemic-related products”. During the stakeholder session, Knowledge Ecology International (KEI) described the text’s provisions on IP limitation as “well-intentioned but problematic”. “Parties do not need to refer to the WTO TRIPS agreement or a waiver. Global rules on exceptions are broad enough. What is needed is the implementation of laws and use of exceptions at the national level, to address IP issues in a way that is useful,” said KEI. KEI’s Thiru Balasubramaniam WTO appeals for synergies The WTO appealed for “synergies and complementarity” between its processes and bodies and the “trade-related elements of the INB’s draft negotiating text”. These include consideration by the TRIPS Council of extending “to COVID-19 therapeutics and diagnostics the 2022 ministerial decision on the TRIPS Agreement”, discussions in the Council for Trading Goods on “export restrictions, regulatory requirements, international coordination, transparency, and trade facilitation”, and “mapping manufacturing capacities and demand” to develop a “global supply chain and logistics network”. Meanwhile, the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) asserted that “any outcome from the INB process should not affect the rights and obligations and the other existing international agreements” and that “protection of IP rights is important for the development of new medical products”. Meanwhile, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) said that the parts of the current text would undermine the innovation ecosystem that enabled the pharmaceutical industry’s “ability to rapidly develop medical countermeasures”. The IFPMA also warned of “unnecessary bureaucratic hurdles” that “will deter the scientific research”. “The draft lacks a clear strategy for a robust procurement mechanism for low-income countries and fails to adequately address trade barriers that could hinder the global distribution of medical supplies,” added the IFPMA. ‘Common but differentiated responsibilities’ The Equity Group and Africa Group objected to the removal of common but differentiated responsibilities (CBDR) – a term usually used in climate talks to indicate that, while all countries have responsibilities, economic differences mean they cannot all have the same level of responsibilities. The Equity Group, which represents 29 countries across regions – including Brazil, China, South Africa and Pakistan – stated that CBDR is important for “international solidarity and inclusivity”. “CBDR should be included in the treaty with a view to achieving equity and attaining the highest standard of health for all,” said South Africa for the Equity Group. South Africa’s Ambassador Mxolisi Nkosi on behalf of the Equity Group The group “has developed textual proposals to be included in the draft negotiating texts that will lead to the realisation of equity as a central mandate”, noted South Africa. The group wants stronger equity language in eight sections: Article Seven (health and care workforce), Article Nine (research and development), Article 10 (sustainable production), Article 11 (technology transfer), Article 12 (access and benefit sharing), Article 13 (supply chain and logistics), Article 19 (implementation support) and Article 20 (financing). The Africa Group also appealed for health sector strengthening to include a prohibition on wealthy countries poaching health workers from poorer countries. Lack of gender equity Last week, Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF) noted that “there is no reference to sexual and reproductive rights services in the text, “gender equity” has been deleted from general principles, and “gender inequalities” is only mentioned in the articles on health workforce and international cooperation and collaboration. The Pandemic Action Network (PAN) also raised the text’s failure to include “gender equity language for persons in vulnerable situations”. “Equity and human rights must explicitly include gender. Parties must agree to collect and report gender-disaggregated data, uphold social protections and protect the full spectrum of essential health services for all emergencies,” said PAN. The Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights also noted the lack of references to gender and human rights (three mentions each). Meanwhile, the Independent Panel on Pandemic Preparedness and Response called for “definitive, results-oriented language” that commits countries to invest in building regional resilience by defined dates. Modalities still undecided There was widespread member state support for the start of “direct negotiations” focused on the most important aspects of the draft – which is now being referred to as an “agreement” – rather than the more legally binding accord or treaty. However, there was also some support for the continuation of informal meetings to address contentious articles – particularly during the month-long break between the first part of this INB meeting this week and its second session on 4-6 December. Ethiopia’s Ambassador Tsegab Kebebew on behalf of the Africa Group However, Ethiopia on behalf of the Africa Group, rejected the informal meetings as a “parallel process”. The Africa and Equity Groups, as well as countries from the Americas, want to start with the most contentious part of the draft, Chapter Two which covers equity. The INB co-chairs appealed for member states not to repeat their well-known positions “twenty months into negotiations”, but to move forward to find consensus. The US also “urged consideration of industry and stakeholder views, which will be essential for the future implementation of this agreement”. “This outreach needs to be done with greater intensity given these partnerships will provide important information about the viability of many proposals in that text,” said the US. Japan also requested dialogue with “relevant stakeholders, including research institutes, industry, and civil society”, particularly with “entities which will be involved in the implementation of this draft agreement”. Israel-Palestine conflict clouds discussion The Israeli-Palestinian conflict cast a long shadow over the INB meeting, with a number of countries stating their support of one or the other during their comments on the draft. The most tense exchange came from representatives of the territories. “A pandemic situation is in front of our doors in Palestine as the sewage pumping system is not operational any more,” warned the representative from Palestine. Palestine appealed for international assistance, including “air-tight body bags, help with extracting bodies, as well as trucks and bulldozers, medicines, medical equipment and, “the most urgent, water, food and fuel for hospitals, ambulances and health care access in general”. “No place is safe in the occupied Palestinian territory – the West Bank including East Jerusalem and the Gaza Strip,” he concluded, noting that over 9000 Palestinians had been killed in the month-long conflict. However, Israel’s representative accused the Palestinian Authority of giving “a free pass to a genocidal terrorist organisation which unleashed its terror on Israel people on October 7”. “It’s certainly perplexing that the delegation does not condemn the action of Hamas when on October 7, they committed the slaughter of Jewish people, not for anything they have done, but because of who they were. “When Hamas entered southern Israel and slaughtered, raped, tortured and murdered 1400 people, they were civilians,” noted Israel’s delegate, calling on Palestine to “condemn Hamas for using the Palestinians as humans shields and for “the slaughter of 1400 people on October 7,” he concluded. The INB co-chairs allowed comments on the conflict but conceded at the close of the meeting that this had slowed progress and that Tuesday’s meeting would still need to decide on the modalities for negotiations. From Amputations to PTSD: The Devastating Burden of Snakebites on Communities Worldwide 04/11/2023 Maayan Hoffman Snakebite is a complex and neglected issue that requires a multifactorial strategy, including conservation, community engagement, scientific research and robust healthcare delivery, according to experts who recently participated in a Global Health Matters podcast. In the most recent episode of Global Health Matters, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with Fan Hui Wen and Thea Litschka-Koen, snakebite gurus in Brazil and Eswatini, who reveal untold truths about snake bites in their communities and the complexities associated with producing and administering antivenom. He also talks with Diogo Martins, the research lead for snakebite at Wellcome in the United Kingdom. How big is the snakebite challenge? The World Health Organization estimates that 5.4 million people are bitten by snakes every year, and nearly 140,000 people die. “The burden is quite big,” Martins says, explaining that of the 5 million people who are bitten each year, 2 to 2.5 million are venomous bites. “We’re talking about 100,000 deaths every year, and this is most likely an underestimation. And four times more of that will live for the rest of their lives with, unfortunately, amputations PTSD and that’s a huge burden. “And we’ve done a little bit of desk research about how that compares with many other popular global health issues, and it’s actually quite a substantial amount of years lived with disability, and it’s quite expressive that people just do not know much about it because it feels a little bit remote to many of us, unfortunately,” Martins says. How can we treat snakebites? While antivenom is the best treatment for a venomous snakebite, many complexities are associated with producing and administering antivenom, the experts explain. In addition, according to Litschka-Koen, a lot of clinicians have no faith in antivenom, in part because of the ineffectiveness of the antivenoms that are currently on the market. “There is no regulation regarding the effectiveness of the antivenom,” Litschka-Koen, founder and chairperson of the Eswatini Antivenom Foundation, says. “To produce antivenom is not difficult. To go through the pre-clinical trials it is incredibly costly. “I had no idea how difficult and costly and cumbersome it was actually to produce this product. If it does happen, it needs to be very well regulated,” she continues. “It needs to go through the processes, and it needs to be monitored. Otherwise, we’re going to go back 10 years, and we’re going to be in the situation again where the doctors say, what’s the point of using antivenom? It doesn’t work.” She says that countries can and should start producing their antivenom. However, if they do not, then good antivenoms need to be made accessible. Currently, many antivenoms carry a high price tag, making them out of reach for many people living in low- or middle-income societies. “It’s inconceivable that … you can have patients having patients having to pay $100 in many geographies to solve one episode of a snakebite,” Martins notes. “We cannot have individuals that earn $1.50 a day and have the unfortunate circumstance of crossing paths with a venomous snake, and suddenly all of their savings are gone, not to even mention other impacts socially and economically.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters here. Image Credits: TDR/Global Health Matters. Severe Air Pollution Takes Delhi by Surprise 03/11/2023 Chetan Bhattacharji Same place two months apart. Above: AQI 78, 8th of September, 2023, below: AQI 479, 3rd November, 2023 Within hours, the Delhi government closed schools and announced traffic and construction curbs, but experts are questioning whether the government is tackling the right causes. Meanwhile, a database reporting the contribution of pollution from farm fires has been discontinued by the national government. The air quality forecast remains bleak. Delhi’s air pollution suddenly got a whole lot worse on the 2nd of November, hitting the government’s own defined ‘severe’ levels of 379.2 micrograms/m3 of PM2.5 for the 24-hour period. Despite rising levels of awareness and preparedness for air pollution emergencies, the deterioration in air quality was not anticipated by the Air Quality Early Warning System run by the Central government. In light of the rising pollution levels, all govt and private primary schools in Delhi will remain closed for the next 2 days — Arvind Kejriwal (@ArvindKejriwal) November 2, 2023 Unlike in years past, officials both at the national and Delhi state level were quick to respond – reflecting the growing awareness of air pollution’s health harms over the past few years. Within hours, Delhi’s Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal closed primary schools, and the national government launched an 8-point plan to curb pollution emissions, including a system of ‘differential’ fares for public transit to encourage off-peak bus travel. But despite the measures the latest forecast shows the next few days may continue to see severe air pollution or at best ‘very poor.’ This translates into pollution levels that are roughly eight times the WHO 24-hour average guideline standard for PM2.5 levels, widely regarded as the best indicator of health-harmful pollutants. And the immediate outlook remains bleak. ‘Severe or Very Poor’ air quality is forecast for six days starting on the 3rd of November. Stubble burning may, or may not, be the leading factor Delhi’s haze of 2nd November, 2023: The barely visible building is about 700 metres away, when the hourly PM 2.5 level in this location was a little over 450 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3). The WHO’s safe limit for a day is 15 µg/m3. While many have cited the stubble burning by farmers in rural states north of Delhi, as a key driver for seasonally high levels of pollution in the late fall and early winter, local sources may also be playing a larger role in the leading factor in the current emergency, experts said. The fact is that this year, the number of stubble fires burning in Punjab, the state that produces the lion’s share, had declined by about half their seasonal rate, as of the 1st of November. In their quest for sources, some experts were now pointing squarely at Delhi and surrounding cities – where cooking from biomass, traffic and industrial emissions may now be the leading factors. Additionally, there are the classic weather conditions faced by Delhi at this time of year, when falling temperatures, low wind speeds and a lack of rainfall all trap pollutants closer to the ground. Confounding the issues, one leading government data source on air pollution sources, maintained by the System of Air Quality and Weather Forecasting and Research (SAFAR), has been discontinued, making it more difficult to attribute the sources of pollution at all. Living in a Haze How bad is #Delhi #AirPollution today?!Kid’s school cancelled outing tmrw. PM 2.5 at this spot is > 400 micrograms, safe limit is 5. L pic: taken from < 200 m awayR: taken some weeks ago, from > km away Many complaints of headache, scratchy throats, sniffles pic.twitter.com/vjNq0JMEQI — Chetan Bhattacharji (@CBhattacharji) November 2, 2023 On Thursday, the usual morning haze lingered on and appeared to get worse as the day wore on. Visibility fell, and many people complained of sore throats, running noses and fever. Social media was buzzing with pictures and complaints demanding to know how this is allowed to happen year after year. Preliminary data shows that levels of PM 2.5, fine particulates that are the most common indicator for health risks, shot up beyond 250 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3) on average across India’s capital around 2-3 p.m. Thursday afternoon. That’s 17 times greater than WHO’s 24-hour standard of just 15 (µg/m3) . The mid-afternoon spike was also unusual. As it’s the hottest part of the day, pollutants tend to rise with the heat thereby reducing ground-level pollution. The pollution emergency was not forecast although satellites and at least one supercomputer are now being used in India to track air quality. Eight-point graded response plan announced GRAP stage III restrictions kick in . Any vehicle which is BS III petrol and BS IV diesel not allowed to ply . Fine of 20,000 for any transgression. — Ashish Kundra (@ashishkundra) November 2, 2023 The main body in charge of controlling pollution in and around Delhi, the Commission for Air Quality Management (CAQM) blamed meteorological and climate conditions as “highly unfavourable.” The air quality index (AQI) was only expected to worsen in the coming days, it also warned. As the AQI hit ‘severe’ it triggered multiple responses. Government officials gave the go-ahead for an 8-point action plan – under a programme called Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP). Topping the list is more vacuuming and mechanised sweeping of roads and sprinkling water to suppress dust. The government also introduced differential rates on Delhi’s public transport system to encourage off-peak travel to reduce traffic congestion. Bus frequency has also been increased and special shuttles are being started for central government employees, a senior official of the Government of Delhi, Mr Ashish Kundra told Health Policy Watch. The Committee also announced a ban on all construction and demolition projects except for essential hospitals, defence, metro and other infrastructure. They announced restrictions on the movement of older vehicles that fail to meet the latest pollution standards within Delhi and four bordering cities (Gurgugram, Faridabad, Ghaziabad and Gautam Budh Nagar a.k.a. Noida.) Officials Divided: To Walk Or Not To Walk The Indian cricket captain has very rightly raised serious concerns on the worsening air pollution situation in India, which has now extended far beyond North India. — A study by Indian scientists(not global) over a period of 7 years in Delhi and Chennai confirms increased risk… — Jairam Ramesh (@Jairam_Ramesh) November 2, 2023 But there appear to be cracks in the air pollution control system. It goes beyond the well-publicised discussion around a basic shortage of staff. In the first 24 hours of the crisis, there’s been contradictory health advice to residents from two top agencies. Notably, the CAQM, controlled by the Central government, says those in Delhi and its neighbourhood should “walk or use cycles for short distances.” SAFAR, also controlled by the Central government (they have the said supercomputer), says “everyone” should avoid all physical activity outdoors and “give a miss to walk today.” Scientists have documented how even short-term exposure to hazardous levels of PM 2.5 are linked to premature mortality, increased emergency room visits and hospital admissions for acute and chronic cardiovascular and respiratory conditions. As a result they have generally recommended restricting outdoor physical activity on high-pollution days. Focusing on the wrong pollutants? That's #Gurgaon #Gurugram today . The Singapore of #Haryana is becoming flag bearer of #pollution and there is no solution in sight That's is how we spend winter and festivals every year by choking.#AirPollution #DelhiAirPollution #DelhiAirQuality pic.twitter.com/cLn5bv8u8x — Sumedha Sharma (@sumedhasharma86) November 2, 2023 A look at the curbs announced by the CAQM also shows that there is an emphasis on controlling construction and road dust. However, the contribution of these sources to Delhi’s current air pollution problem is very marginal, according to daily source attribution data generated by the Ministry of Earth Sciences. Known as the Decision Support System for Air Quality Management in Delhi (DSS). This is the one India-based reference point remaining for unraveling air pollution sources following the discontinuation of the SAFAR database. For 2 November, the DSS showed Delhi’s construction as contributing 2% of ambient air pollution, while road dust and waste burning contributed just 1% each. In contrast, the largest proportion of pollution currently was from biomass burning – 25% according to the DSS database. This latter presumably includes the thousands of crop stubble farm fires burning up north in the states of Punjab and Haryana – but it also could include local household sources of heating and cooking. Delhi-area transport accounted for about 14%. Meanwhile, another 30% of emissions are transported into the city from 19 nearby towns. Another 16% of emissions originate from areas beyond the Delhi region – although there is no further detail on the types of sources here, as well. Notably, more precise data on the source apportionment of farm fires used to be provided by the SAFAR database, operated by the Centre’s Ministry of Earth Science, until only a year ago and cancelled for reasons that no one has managed to explain. Given a dearth of information about sources, then, major questions remain about how effective are the measures being taken in Delhi in the current air pollution crisis. Farm Fires vs Delhi’s Own Pollution Satellite data shows that the number of farm fires in the north Indian state of Punjab has sharply declined compared to a year ago, but have begun to rise now. Source: CEEW. Many farmers burn the residual stubble from the paddy harvest in order to sow the next crop, largely wheat, by mid-November. It’s the most economical way specially for marginal farmers to do so given how expensive manual labour or machines are. The governing party of Punjab, Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) is also in power in Delhi. It had promised to reduce the number of farm fires by half this year; last year there were almost 50,000. The data so far shows that that seems to be on track. The fire count till the 1st of November, i.e. a day before the air quality turned ‘severe’, was under 9,000 compared to over 17,000 a year ago at the same time. However, the fires are rising daily. The four-day average till 1st November was 2,200 compared to under 900 a week earlier. The number of fires is expected to rise till mid-November when the wheat must be sowed. The smoke appears to be smothering Delhi. While the DSS data showed it was contributing a quarter of the pollution, the EU space programme posted that a “thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires in the northwestern states) is engulfing” the capital. #ImageOfTheDay#India 🇮🇳 has been facing poor #AirQuality over the past few days ⬇️A thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires 🔥 in the northwestern states) is engulfing the skies over #NewDelhi, as visible in the #Sentinel3 🇪🇺🛰️ image of 31 October pic.twitter.com/r2QfFiOKGt — Copernicus EU (@CopernicusEU) November 2, 2023 Additionally, the CAQM stated that there was a sudden increase in the number of farm fires, combined with unfavourable meteorological conditions (low wind speed) moving pollution to Delhi. However, some experts point out that the lower number of farm fires underscores a greater truth. “The contribution from fires or any sources will continue to remain debated as there is not a clear consensus on the emissions inventory being used to develop these models” for source attribution. “Despite lower levels of burning in the same period this year (vis-à-vis) last year, we see that the AQ is as bad, if not worse than last year, and this points to the other sources that exist within the NCR that need better coordination to address. “In two weeks’ time, we will have to shift focus to those more persistent sources that pollute our air throughout the year. The role of meteorology must be discounted at all times- what we cannot control, we cannot obsess over and blame. We can only bring down our emissions,” says Karthik Ganesan, Fellow, Council on Energy, Environment and Water (CEEW.) Swiss, Singapore and Korean Regulatory Agencies Become First to Receive New WHO Listing 03/11/2023 Disha Shetty Drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) and can be used as a point of reference for the approval of new drugs and vaccines. The drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) that can be used as a point of reference for other countries’ deliberations on approval of new drugs and vaccines. The WHO’s recently established WLA framework is intended to create an evidenced-based pathway for regulatory authorities operating at an advanced level of performance to be globally recognized. The overall aim is to provide a point of reference for other national authorities in their consideration of new drugs for approval. This can help promote faster and more robust regulatory reviews in other countries of new, and potentially significant medical products that some national authorities may not have the resources to evaluate thoroughly on their own. Traditionally, WHO as well as many low-and middle-income countries looked to the regulatory decisions of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) or the European Medicines Agency (EMA) for guidance in their own national approval of new drugs and medicines. However, the reference to the US FDA and EMA has always been informal and relatively ad-hoc. WLA label creates a more systematic pathway for international recognition The newly created WLA label aims to correct this by creating a more systematic pathway to international recognition for a national regulatory agency. That should signal to other countries that the agency meets WHO and other internationally recognized regulatory standards and practices. A technical advisory group on WHO-Listed Authorities (TAG-WLA), which met for the first time in September at WHO headquarters in Geneva, made the designations based on a set of criteria established for the WLA framework. The group’s key task is to provide independent, strategic, and technical advice to the WHO as it decides who to add to the WLA. The group has 14 members from the six WHO regions with a broad range of expertise. Asked by Health Policy Watch why the FDA and EMA hadn’t been granted certification yet, a WHO spokesperson said, “several stringent regulatory authorities (SRA) already initiated discussions with WHO on the process towards WLA.” But the spokesperson added, “The decision to apply for evaluation and listing as a WLA is voluntary, and no selection is conducted by WHO; rather, it is initiated by or on behalf of the regulatory authority (RA) if satisfies one of the criteria.” They are: The RA is on the list of transitional WLAs (tWLA). The RA has attained at least overall Maturity Level (ML) 3 as determined through a formal benchmarking against the WHO Global Benchmarking Tool (GBT). “Once eligibility is confirmed, the RA must undergo a performance evaluation process,” the spokesperson added, noting that the process is further described in a new Operational Guidance. WLA designation applies to medicines, not medical devices The WLA framework is currently only applicable to medicines [including multisource (generics), and new medicines (new chemical entities) and/or biotherapeutics and/or similar biotherapeutic products], and vaccines. Medical devices, including in vitro diagnostics, as well as blood and blood derivatives are not in the scope of the WLA, WHO said. The newly WHO-certified authorities include the Health Sciences Authority (HSA), Singapore; the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS), Republic of Korea; and the Swiss Agency for Therapeutic Products (Swissmedic), Switzerland. The listing indicated that the regulatory authority has complied with all the indicators and requirements specified by WHO. “This achievement is the result of investment by the Governments of the Republic of Korea, Singapore and Switzerland in the strengthening of their regulatory systems and reaffirms the collaboration between WHO and the three Governments in promoting confidence, trust and further reliance on authorities that have attained this global recognition, through the transparent and evidence-based pathway for designating and listing of WLAs,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, assistant director-general for Access to Medicines and Health Products. Although the WLA designation will provide a pathway for other countries in deliberating regulatory decisions, the WHO spokesperson stressed that “the ultimate responsibility and decision for using or adopting the regulatory decisions taken by a WLA resides with the users (e.g., other regulatory authorities, procurement agencies) and will depend on the specific context and scope of its intended use.” Image Credits: Unsplash. Health Sector is ‘Ill-Prepared’ to Protect People Against Heat and Other Extreme Weather Events 03/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan People’s exposure to heat is increasing in Ethiopia due to climate change, which is also causing water shortage. Heat is the deadliest of extreme weather events, and heat-related mortality could be 30 times higher than previously thought, killing 500,000 people annually between 2000 and 2019. Yet only half the world’s governments have heat warning services, less than a quarter (23%) of health ministries use meteorological information to monitor climate-sensitive health risks, and only 26 countries have climate-informed, heat-health early warning systems. These are some of the key findings of the 2023 State of Climate Services Report, prepared by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and partners, which was released on Thursday. In assessing progress made in climate services for health globally, the report finds the health sector “ill-prepared to safeguard society”. Addressing the report’s launch, WMO Secretary-General Prof Petteri Taalas said that, by the latter part of this century, “we are going to face very severe combined heat and humidity stress cases, especially at low latitudes”. Prof Petteri Taalas, WMO Secretary General Taalas added that, typically, during heatwaves, air quality was also poor: “When we had the 2003 heatwave Europe, there were 75,000 casualties and a large part of the deaths were related to poor air quality as we had a fairly high concentration of surface ozone. “During these kinds of events, especially in urban areas, we also have challenges with ultrafine particles. That was the case in 2010, when Russia was facing a heat wave and 50,000 people died. There was also fairly poor air quality due to forest fires and peat fires, and we faced a similar situation in Canada this year,” said Taalas. “And we know from the most recent IPCC [Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change] report that practically the whole world has been experiencing an increase of heat waves. About half of the planet has been facing increased flooding events and a third has faced drought,” he added. Climate impacts on health World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanon Ghebreyesus said the report “highlights the need for tailored climate information to support the health sector on a wide range of functions from heat health warning systems to mapping the risk of infectious diseases”. “It also calls for more to be done to prepare the health community for future shocks and pressures due to climate variability. Going forward, we must work together to make high-quality climate services available to all communities and support the health and well-being of people facing the impacts of climate change,” added Tedros. Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Environment, Climate Change and Health, said that the data generated by the WMO and partners was key in assisting the health sector. “If we use this very powerful data, and we put it at the services of the health care system, we can be better prepared to respond and prevent events from heat waves to other extreme weather events to drought, to potential outbreaks of infectious diseases,” said Neira. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, Lead of the WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health Office at WMO, summarising some of the report’s key findings. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health office lead, detailed the “wide and varied” impact of climate on health, from the spread of infectious diseases such as dengue and malaria to impacts on food systems and air quality. But she said one positive is that health has become a policy priority within the national climate policies in almost all countries and there is a “huge opportunity” to bring together climate adaptation and climate science to “help inform the decisions and policymakers to prepare communities that are vulnerable to climate change worldwide to adapt to the health risks”. As usual, lack of finances is a problem. Currently, just 0.2% of total bilateral and multilateral adaptation finance supports health-focused projects. Fiji is vulnerable to sea levels rising and floods, exacerbating waterborne and vector-borne diseases. The report includes case studies of successful partnerships between health and meteorological services. In Fiji, for example, the Ministry of Health and the meteorological services have data-sharing agreements to track waterborne and vector-borne diseases as the country battles with sea level rise and extreme weather events. Argentina’s public institutions have been working with their research community to develop evidence-based public warnings for extreme heat for specific locations and populations. “In the first year of the launch of this heat-health early warning system, Argentina has launched 987 alerts across the country that have helped their public services and their communities to better prepare for the heat season,” said Shumake-Guillemot. Meanwhile, in Europe an estimated 40 million people suffer from seasonal allergies and the region’s AutoPollen project predicts, detects and reports pollen concentrations in real time to doctors, patients and allergy patient associations via an online system and mobile app. Way forward to COP28 and beyond “Despite examples of success, data shows that the health sector is under-utilizing available climate knowledge and tools. At the same time, climate services need to be further enhanced to fully satisfy the health sector requirements,” the report notes. Meanwhile, Neira told the launch that health is firmly on the agenda of the next global climate meeting, COP28. “There will be a special ministerial high-level roundtable and the first-ever health day at COP28,” said Neira. “This is not only to raise the voice of the health community to explain how bad [climate change] is impacting our health, but to ask for more action and to demonstrate that the health community is now very much into the political agenda and in pushing for the reduction of emissions and adaptation,” she added. Wellcome Trust’s Madeleine Thomson, head of impacts and adaptation, predicts “a tsunami of demand coming to the climate community for climate information relevant to health”. “At the moment, we do not have a well-developed health community that is capacitated to ask the right questions, seek the right partnerships, and engage effectively,” said Thomson, but added that a lot more could be done to bring the health and climate communities together. Image Credits: Oxfam East Africa. WHO Repeats Call for Humanitarian Pause in Gaza-Israel Conflict as Injured Palestinians Arrive in Egypt for Treatment 02/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza Palestinian arrives in Egypt via the Rafah border, opened for the first time to the exit of critically wounded and ill since the start of the Israeli-Hamas conflict. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus repeated calls for a “humanitarian pause” in the fierce fighting between Israel and Hamas-controlled Gaza to allow for the resupply of Palestinian hospitals in Gaza, and treatment of injured and ill, saying “we are running out of words to describe the horror.” Speaking at a press briefing Thursday, Tedros welcomed Egypt’s agreement Tuesday to open two northern Sinai’s hospitals to critically ill or injured Palestinians, but noted that so far only 46 people have so far managed to cross over for treatment. Three field hospitals to be set up in Gaza are also in the planning now to handle the humanitarian emergency. But implementation would depend on safe passage arrangements. And such facilities cannot replace regular services, Tedros stressed, noting that 14 out of 36 hospitals in the Gaza Strip are not functioning right now. Meanwhile, while the world’s attention is focused on Gaza and Israel, Sudan’s health system is also cracking under the strain of more than 7 million internally displaced people – one of the largest in the world, said WHO’s director general in his remarks. “The already fragile health system is buckling under the load of injuries, outbreaks, malnutrition and untreated cases of diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular, kidney and respiratory disease,” Tedros said. “In addition to measles, rubella, malaria and dengue, outbreaks of cholera have been declared in three states.” Horror still unfolding WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at 2 November press briefing. “Since Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel, on 7 October, more than 10,000 people have been killed. including more than 8500 in Gaza, and 1400 in Israel,” Tedros said. “In both Israel and Gaza, Some 70% of those killed are women and children. More than 21,000 people are injured and more than 1.4 million people in Gaza have been displaced. Despite the rising calls for a “humanitarian pause” including from US President Joe Biden, the conflict showed no signs of letting up yet. Israeli ground troops appeared to be tightening their grip around Hamas strongholds in Gaza City, in the north of the enclave, backed by aerial bombardment. Hamas missile attacks on Israeli cities continued for the 27th day, while in Lebanon, Hizbullah and Hamas stepped up pressure on Israel’s northern front, firing dozens of rockets into Israeli communities Thursday evening with a fiery direct hit in one city, Kiryat Shmona. “Everywhere…. death, destruction, loss. So far, WHO has verified 277 attacks on health care, including 218 in the occupied Palestinian territory, and 19 in Israel,” Tedros remarked. “The situation on the ground in Gaza is indescribable. Hospitals crammed with the injured lying in corridors…. Doctors performing surgery without anesthesia. Thousands of people seeking shelter from the bombardment. Families crammed into overcrowded rooms desperate for food and water. Toilets overflowing and the risk of disease outbreak spreading and everywhere. Flames and smoke billow during Israeli strikes in Gaza, which have caused an unprecedented level of destruction since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “At the very least, we need a humanitarian pause in the fighting and ideally a ceasefire. We need unfettered access and safe passage agreed by both parties to ensure the security of access routes,”’” the WHO Director General warned. “Let me be clear, there can be no justification for Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel,” he said referring to the 7 October surprise rampage by Hamas gunmen into 22 Israeli communities near Gaza that left over 1300 Israelis shot, burned or bludgeoned to death, while 242 men, women and children were taken hostage. “I understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Israeli people. I also understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Palestinian people,” Tedros said. “WHO continues to call on Hamas to release the hostages, many of whom need urgent medical attention,” he added. “We continue to call on Israel to restore supplies of electricity, water and fuel. We continue to call on both sides to abide by their obligations under international humanitarian law. And we call on who[ever] can, to de-escalate this conflict rather than inflame it.” WHO supplies delivered – but not reaching all parts of the enclave WHO health supplies delivered to Al Nasser Medical complex in the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis on 23 October, after a humanitarian corridor from Egypt opened up. Resupply to hospitals in northern Gaza has become virtually impossible since Israeli ground troops entered Gaza, WHO says. So far, WHO has been able to deliver some 54 metric tons of medical supplies to Gaza since an emergency corridor opened from Egypt, at the Rafah crossing, said Tedros. But he described this as a “drip feed” of aid in comparison to the scale required. “Before the seventh of October, an average of 500 tracks a day were crossing in together with essential supplies. Since the seventh of October, only 217 tracks have entered in total. To sustain the humanitarian response on the scale needed, we need hundreds of trucks to enter Gaza every day.” And with fierce fighting underway in northern Gaza between Israel and Hamas for the past several days, resupply of many health facilities has been impossible, said Mike Ryan, WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies. “Getting trucks over the border is one thing, getting them to the places in which they’re needed is another and that has not been facilitated that has not been supported, in fact, if anything quite the opposite,” he said. Over the coming months, WHO is developing a plan to set up three field hospitals in Gaza, including one in the northern part of the enclave and two in the south, said Dr Richard Peeperkorn, WHO’s Jerusalem-based representative for the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Dr Richard Peeperkorn, Jerusalem-based WHO representative to the Occupied Palestinian Territories. The field hospitals would be part of a $50 million operational plan, also including recruitment of specialized emergency medical teams from abroad (EMTs). Even so, “the focus is first and foremost, on supporting existing health facilities, strengthening and maintaining services and instituting a trauma pathway,” Peeperkorn underlined. “We are now in an ultra-emergency phase. But in this humanitarian response, we have to focus on supporting, making sure that the existing health systems will be able to deliver. “It would be really a bit delusional if you think that when a few EMTs from outside, or setting up a few hospitals, that we can supply appropriate or even a minimum level of health services for 2.2 million Gazans. “To have, of course, this plan – to make sure it’s operational, we need, ideally, a humanitarian ceasefire. But we definitely need humanitarian corridors and then a sustained access to the needed supplies.” Presence of Hamas centers under hospitals – irrelevant to obligation to protect them Al Shifa Hospital – 15 October. Emergency Medical Teams (EMTs) deployed in a tent outside the hospital, the largest in Gaza, to handle the surge of patients. As for Israel’s assertions that Hamas has sited key military command and control centers as well as supplies, underneath some of Gaza’s major hospitals, particularly Al Shifa and Al Quds in the northern part of the enclave, Ryan said that this didn’t absolve Israel from the responsibility to shield the facilities from attack. Israel has told the hospitals that they need to evacuate patients and staff to the south, in order to stay clear of the conflict. “The reality on the ground at Al Shifa and other hospitals is that we have thousands of health workers, thousands of patients, and probably hundreds of thousands of civilians sheltering at these multiple facilities particularly, and all over but in the north now,” Ryan said. “The rules are clear on this. Health care must be protected. “We know what’s going on above the ground. We deal with the doctors, the nurses and the administrators of the hospitals, and they’re crammed full of patients, ongoing operations, intensive care, and much much else. “We have no information on what may be happening elsewhere, or underneath these facilities. That’s not information we would have or could verify.” Mike Ryan, WHO Health Emergencies ED: Use of hospitals for military purposes is illegal, but WHO has no independent verification of the reports. While Ryan acknowledged that any “misuse of facilities for military purposes is equally outlawed under international law… we have no independent verification whatsoever of any of the information. “And in this situation where such an eventuality occurs, again, it is the responsibility of the occupying power to, not only agree with the local health authorities on an evacuation, but then if that does happen, that has to be fully facilitated, fully supported logistically, and those patients those doctors need to have a place of safety where the patients can receive an adequate and similar amount of care. None of those, none of those criteria are met.” Mental health trauma on both sides Burnt-out remains of a home at Israel’s Kibbutz Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border where 52 of the community’s 400 members were killed by Hamas on 7 October, and another 20 are missing or held captive. Israelis as well as Palestinians are suffering the snowballing mental health effects of the ongoing revelations around the Hamas massacre on 7 October and ensuing war, said Peeperkorn as well as WHO’s representative in Israel, Dr. Michel Thieren. In Gaza, there is the lack of day -to-day access to basic necessities, as well as the constant risk of death from aerial bombardments, Peeperkorn observed. While UN staff are often considered “a bit more privileged than the other Gazans… in many of my staff, they are completely desperate, utterly, utterly desperate, and utterly depressed, and no vision about life anymore. And this is a group that a lot of people would call privileged, so think about the rest of Gazans. On the Israeli side, still-unfolding evidence of the rape, mutilation, or burning of many civilian victims of the 7 October Hamas incursion, has become seared in the collective Isareli consciousness. Along with that, are the concerns about the fate of the 242 hostages reportedly held by Hamas, including about 50 infants, children and older people, as well as women and men. “It’s a whole shadow of trauma that is spreading across the country, the survivors, the families of hostages, the witnesses of atrocities,” said Thieren, who has been quoted saying that in Israel’s Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border, he saw scenes “that I never saw in Syria, Iraq, Sudan or anywhere else.” “The displaced populations, the hosting communities of those displaced people and survivors. I would even say, the decision makers, the whole country is plunged into a night of trauma, and the trauma spreads like a virus.” He noted that WHO’s European Regional Director Hans Kluge had just visited Israel to see the site of the 7 October mass killings first-hand, and discuss strengthened collaborations on mental health and rehabilitation. Image Credits: WHO/EMRO, Health Policy Watch. Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Hospitals and Ambulances Increasingly in Crosshairs of Israel-Hamas Conflict 06/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Al-Quds Hospital on 29 October. WHO denounced weekend attacks around the hospital; Israel says Al Kuds and other facilities are being used by Hamas. Gaza’s struggling health facilities were again caught in the crosshairs of the Israeli-Hamas conflict over the weekend, as Israel acknowledged it had attacked an ambulance that it claimed was ferrying Hamas gunmen out of Gaza City’s Shifa Hospital, and a dozen UN leaders called for an urgent cease fire. Israel pounded Gaza by air and on the ground over the weekend in what was reportedly amongst the heaviest days ever of bombardment. Hamas continued to fire missiles at Tel Aviv and other major Israeli cities in the center and south. Monday evening, news reports had fighting intensifying around Shifa Hospital, the largest hospital in Gaza, which has been identified by Israel as a major Hamas underground command and control center. Meanwhile, Iranian-aligned Hezbollah forces in Lebanon claimed responsibility for a barrage of rocket attacks on northern Israeli cities, as far south as Haifa. ”We need an immediate humanitarian ceasefire. It’s been over 30 days,” said the heads of over a dozen UN agencies along with six NGOs in a joint appeal published on Monday. “Enough is enough. This must stop now. In Israel, some 1,400 people have been killed and thousands have been injured, according to the Israeli authorities. More than 240 people, including children, have been taken hostage. Rockets continue to traumatise families. More than 200,000 people have been displaced. “This is horrific,” stated the letter, signed by WHO’s Director General, Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus, as well as the heads of UNICEF, UN Women and Care International. “However, the horrific killings of even more civilians in Gaza is an outrage, as is cutting off 2.2 million Palestinians from food, water, medicine, electricity and fuel.” In Gaza, according to the Ministry of Health, nearly 9,500 people have been killed, including 3,900 children and over 2,400 women. More than 23,000 injured people require immediate treatment within overstretched hospitals. Extensive destruction caused by the unprecedented level of Israeli airstrikes on Gaza since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “An entire population is besieged and under attack, denied access to the essentials for survival, bombed in their homes, shelters, hospitals and places of worship,” stated the UN appeal. “This is unacceptable. More than 100 attacks against health care have been reported,” stated the letter, which also called for “the immediate and unconditional release of all civilians held hostage.” Israeli ground troops have now encircled Gaza city on all sides – and are slowly advancing toward the city center, in a complex operation that they say is focused on rooting out and destroying from the air and the ground, the extensive underground tunnel network developed by Hamas over the past decade. On Monday, Israel’s military again urged the estimated 300,000 Palestinians still trapped in northern Gaza to flee south via Gaza’s Salahuddin Highway, between 10-2 p.m. But the Gaza-based Health Ministry warned Palestinians against fleeing via the route, calling it a “death corridor.” WHO protests attacks in the area of Gaza hospitals On Sunday, WHO also condemned Israel’s attack on two ambulances as they tried to leave Shifa hospital, as well as attacks in the vicinity of two other major Gaza hospitals in the north of the enclave, Al-Quds and the Indonesian hospital. “According to reports, at Shifa Hospital, ambulances were evacuating critically injured and sick patients to hospitals in the south of the Gaza Strip,” said the WHO statement, “when there was an attack at the entrance of the hospital. “According to early reports, at least 13 people were killed and more than 60 injured. The hospital infrastructure and one ambulance sustained damage. This was in addition to an earlier incident that had resulted in damage to another ambulance in the same convoy,” said the WHO statement. WHO also reported that “two further attacks were reported on the same day at Al-Quds hospital, resulting in 21 injuries, as well as near the Indonesian hospital,” noting that “attacks on health care.. may amount to a violation of international law. Israel: Hamas systematically using hospitals and ambulances Aerial view of the Gaza’s Indonesian Hospital, with the outlines of what Israel says are military tunnels. In a foreign press briefing Sunday, Israel’s military spokesperson Dan Hagari charged that the ambulances attacked by Israel were being used to transport Hamas gunmen. His briefing followed comments by senior US administration officials earlier in the week that Hamas had tried to sneak its fighters out of Gaza in ambulances taking seriously wounded to Egypt. “It’s a war crime,” he said, “that Hamas is using hospitals for military purposes.” As for the hospitals, Hagari displayed aerial and satellite photographs of alleged Hamas’ operations in and around the Indonesian Hospital and Gaza’s Qatari-funded Sheikh Hamad bin Khalifa al-Thani Hospital. They included pictures of what Hagari said were tunnel entry points by the Qatari hospital, exposed by Israel’s forces in recent ground operations, as well a video of alleged Hamas shooting from the hospital grounds. Parts of the hospital were also damaged in aerial raids, earlier in the month. At the Indonesian Hospital, Hagari displayed time series photos showing stacks of cement arches on the hospital grounds when the facility was being built in 2010, which he said laid the foundations for the tunnel network now buried under the facility. Israeli military spokesman Daniel Hagari points to cement arches that he says Hamas used to expand its tunnel network during the hospital’s 2010 construction. “How Hamas uses hospitals to disguise the war machine is systematic,” he said. “Cement arches are not needed when building hospitals. They are used to build an underground city of terror and underground metro tunnels. We have watched Hamas use these arches to build tunnels for many years. “Instead of building homes for Gazans, Hamas built this metro over hundreds of kilometers underneath Gaza and underneath places like hospitals and mosques. Israel continues to rebuff reports of fuel shortages Israel has also continued to rebuff humanitarian appeals for fuel to replenish what WHO says are severely depleted hospital supplies. “There is no shortage of fuel in Gaza,” Hagari declared at the briefing, playing what he said was a covertly recorded conversation between a Hamas operative and a Shifa Hospital administrator, about the movement of fuel supplies. “Hamas stores this fuel underneath hospitals in Gaza – the very hospitals that Hamas tells the world is running out of fuel,” he said. On Sunday, Israel’s Ambassador to the UN in New York City shared a video of Shifa’s windows illuminated at night, along with outdoor spotlights, for what he said was a public screening by Hamas of a military video on the hospital grounds. Last night near Al Shifa Hospital, Hamas held a screening of their attacks on Israelis for thousands of Gazans. Spotlights were glaring. Every single window was lit up. The footage was shown on a large TV. Hundreds were filming the terror attacks with smartphones. Hamas has… pic.twitter.com/n4dSdNnqA7 — Ambassador Gilad Erdan גלעד ארדן (@giladerdan1) November 5, 2023 “Hamas has plenty of fuel for whatever they choose to prioritize,” Erdan said. “If only ICU incubators were as important to Hamas ….” Hostages largely forgotten in the bitter conflict Sharon Cunio and her husband with their twin daughters, prior to being kidnapped by Hamas. As the claims on both sides rage along with the bitter military conflict, the families of the estimated 241 hostages held by Hamas since 7 October expressed growing desperation over the fate of their families, and the lack of attention the captives are receiving. “All around me I have witnessed a silence so enormous, it feels cacophonous;” wrote Alana Zeitchik, a New York City-based media professional of Yemenite-Israeli origins in the Sunday New York Times. Her cousin Sharon Cunio, husband David and their three-year old twins are being held captive along with Sharon’s sister and five-year-old daughter, since being snatched by Hamas gunmen from their bomb shelter on Kibbutz Nir Oz. Their plight, she said, is an issue which few in the humanitarian community have cared to address. “Again and again I hear that Israel is a country of white colonizers and oppressors,” she wrote in the Times. “Some of my bewilderment is in my very skin. My maternal grandparents, Avraham and Sara, grew up in a tiny rural village in central Yemen. Like other Jews in the Arabian Peninsula, Yemenite Jews were persecuted as second-class citizens… In 1949, after pogroms against Jews in Yemen, my grandparents set out by foot and donkey on an arduous journey to the capital, Sana. From there, they were airlifted during Operation Magic Carpet to the newly formed state of Israel. As refugees fleeing oppression in their birth country, they began their lives in Israel in poverty. Slowly they built a humble but comfortable life and raised five children, amongst them my mother. So maybe you can imagine my surprise the first time I heard my Israeli family called “white colonizers.” When did we become white? And how could a family fleeing persecution be perceived as colonizers? “It would appear they believe my suffering to be collateral damage in service of some universal truth they hold higher. Is it really impossible to hold these two truths at the same time — that both Israeli and Palestinian civilians are suffering at great cost?” she asked. Within Israel there is widespread sentiment that any cease-fire needs to be conditioned upon release of the hostages – who are being held in unknown locations, and without any access to the International Red Cross. “Israel allowed humanitarian aid into Gaza, why aren’t our children getting the same?” asked Moran Alony, brother of Sharon, speaking on the sidelines of the UN Security Council in New York City late last month. Image Credits: https://www.emro.who.int/media/news/hospitals-in-the-gaza-strip-at-a-breaking-point-warns-who.html , WHO/EMRO , Times of Israel . Intellectual Property Negotiations Belong at WTO, European Countries Tell Pandemic Accord Negotiations 06/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan INB co-chairs Roland Driece (centre) and Precious Matsoso (right) at the seventh meeting of the intergovernmental negotiating body. At the start of the seventh round of negotiations on a pandemic agreement on Monday, a number of European countries asserted that any changes to intellectual property (IP) rights should be thrashed out at the World Trade Organization (WTO) – not the World Health Organization (WHO). IP rights are one of the most controversial aspects of the pandemic agreement negotiations and, with a negotiating text finally before WHO member states, sharp disagreements were once again evident at the Monday plenary of the intergovernmental negotiating body (INB). Describing the text as an “improvement”, the European Union nonetheless expressed concerns about clauses on IP, technology transfer and finance in the text. Germany, Sweden, Ireland and the UK were more direct in their opposition to any attempts to undermine IP protection, stating that discussions belong at the WTO. “Speaking as one of those Geneva ambassadors who has the good fortune to cover both the United Nations and the World Trade Organisation, I do need to reaffirm our conviction that the WTO is the appropriate forum to discuss our obligations on intellectual property,” said the UK representative. US representative Colin McIff and Ambassador Pamela Hamamoto. Meanwhile, the US stated that “eliminating intellectual property protections will not effectively improve equitable access during pandemic emergencies, and will in fact harm the systems that have served us well in the past. “The United States believes strongly in IP protections which serve to fuel investment and innovation. We agree that more timely access to these innovations should be central to our discussions and are exploring options to prioritise the availability of medical counter-measures for developing countries during future pandemic emergencies.” Articles 10 (on sustainable production) and 11 (tech transfer and know-how) appear to be the thorns in their flesh. Article 10 simply “encourages” entities – particularly those that get significant public financing – to grant “non-exclusive, royalty-free licences to any manufacturers, particularly from developing countries, to use their intellectual property” to develop “pre-pandemic and pandemic diagnostics, vaccines and therapeutics”. Article 11 is more explicit, committing parties during pandemics to “time-bound waivers of intellectual property rights to accelerate or scale up the manufacturing of pandemic-related products”. During the stakeholder session, Knowledge Ecology International (KEI) described the text’s provisions on IP limitation as “well-intentioned but problematic”. “Parties do not need to refer to the WTO TRIPS agreement or a waiver. Global rules on exceptions are broad enough. What is needed is the implementation of laws and use of exceptions at the national level, to address IP issues in a way that is useful,” said KEI. KEI’s Thiru Balasubramaniam WTO appeals for synergies The WTO appealed for “synergies and complementarity” between its processes and bodies and the “trade-related elements of the INB’s draft negotiating text”. These include consideration by the TRIPS Council of extending “to COVID-19 therapeutics and diagnostics the 2022 ministerial decision on the TRIPS Agreement”, discussions in the Council for Trading Goods on “export restrictions, regulatory requirements, international coordination, transparency, and trade facilitation”, and “mapping manufacturing capacities and demand” to develop a “global supply chain and logistics network”. Meanwhile, the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) asserted that “any outcome from the INB process should not affect the rights and obligations and the other existing international agreements” and that “protection of IP rights is important for the development of new medical products”. Meanwhile, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) said that the parts of the current text would undermine the innovation ecosystem that enabled the pharmaceutical industry’s “ability to rapidly develop medical countermeasures”. The IFPMA also warned of “unnecessary bureaucratic hurdles” that “will deter the scientific research”. “The draft lacks a clear strategy for a robust procurement mechanism for low-income countries and fails to adequately address trade barriers that could hinder the global distribution of medical supplies,” added the IFPMA. ‘Common but differentiated responsibilities’ The Equity Group and Africa Group objected to the removal of common but differentiated responsibilities (CBDR) – a term usually used in climate talks to indicate that, while all countries have responsibilities, economic differences mean they cannot all have the same level of responsibilities. The Equity Group, which represents 29 countries across regions – including Brazil, China, South Africa and Pakistan – stated that CBDR is important for “international solidarity and inclusivity”. “CBDR should be included in the treaty with a view to achieving equity and attaining the highest standard of health for all,” said South Africa for the Equity Group. South Africa’s Ambassador Mxolisi Nkosi on behalf of the Equity Group The group “has developed textual proposals to be included in the draft negotiating texts that will lead to the realisation of equity as a central mandate”, noted South Africa. The group wants stronger equity language in eight sections: Article Seven (health and care workforce), Article Nine (research and development), Article 10 (sustainable production), Article 11 (technology transfer), Article 12 (access and benefit sharing), Article 13 (supply chain and logistics), Article 19 (implementation support) and Article 20 (financing). The Africa Group also appealed for health sector strengthening to include a prohibition on wealthy countries poaching health workers from poorer countries. Lack of gender equity Last week, Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF) noted that “there is no reference to sexual and reproductive rights services in the text, “gender equity” has been deleted from general principles, and “gender inequalities” is only mentioned in the articles on health workforce and international cooperation and collaboration. The Pandemic Action Network (PAN) also raised the text’s failure to include “gender equity language for persons in vulnerable situations”. “Equity and human rights must explicitly include gender. Parties must agree to collect and report gender-disaggregated data, uphold social protections and protect the full spectrum of essential health services for all emergencies,” said PAN. The Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights also noted the lack of references to gender and human rights (three mentions each). Meanwhile, the Independent Panel on Pandemic Preparedness and Response called for “definitive, results-oriented language” that commits countries to invest in building regional resilience by defined dates. Modalities still undecided There was widespread member state support for the start of “direct negotiations” focused on the most important aspects of the draft – which is now being referred to as an “agreement” – rather than the more legally binding accord or treaty. However, there was also some support for the continuation of informal meetings to address contentious articles – particularly during the month-long break between the first part of this INB meeting this week and its second session on 4-6 December. Ethiopia’s Ambassador Tsegab Kebebew on behalf of the Africa Group However, Ethiopia on behalf of the Africa Group, rejected the informal meetings as a “parallel process”. The Africa and Equity Groups, as well as countries from the Americas, want to start with the most contentious part of the draft, Chapter Two which covers equity. The INB co-chairs appealed for member states not to repeat their well-known positions “twenty months into negotiations”, but to move forward to find consensus. The US also “urged consideration of industry and stakeholder views, which will be essential for the future implementation of this agreement”. “This outreach needs to be done with greater intensity given these partnerships will provide important information about the viability of many proposals in that text,” said the US. Japan also requested dialogue with “relevant stakeholders, including research institutes, industry, and civil society”, particularly with “entities which will be involved in the implementation of this draft agreement”. Israel-Palestine conflict clouds discussion The Israeli-Palestinian conflict cast a long shadow over the INB meeting, with a number of countries stating their support of one or the other during their comments on the draft. The most tense exchange came from representatives of the territories. “A pandemic situation is in front of our doors in Palestine as the sewage pumping system is not operational any more,” warned the representative from Palestine. Palestine appealed for international assistance, including “air-tight body bags, help with extracting bodies, as well as trucks and bulldozers, medicines, medical equipment and, “the most urgent, water, food and fuel for hospitals, ambulances and health care access in general”. “No place is safe in the occupied Palestinian territory – the West Bank including East Jerusalem and the Gaza Strip,” he concluded, noting that over 9000 Palestinians had been killed in the month-long conflict. However, Israel’s representative accused the Palestinian Authority of giving “a free pass to a genocidal terrorist organisation which unleashed its terror on Israel people on October 7”. “It’s certainly perplexing that the delegation does not condemn the action of Hamas when on October 7, they committed the slaughter of Jewish people, not for anything they have done, but because of who they were. “When Hamas entered southern Israel and slaughtered, raped, tortured and murdered 1400 people, they were civilians,” noted Israel’s delegate, calling on Palestine to “condemn Hamas for using the Palestinians as humans shields and for “the slaughter of 1400 people on October 7,” he concluded. The INB co-chairs allowed comments on the conflict but conceded at the close of the meeting that this had slowed progress and that Tuesday’s meeting would still need to decide on the modalities for negotiations. From Amputations to PTSD: The Devastating Burden of Snakebites on Communities Worldwide 04/11/2023 Maayan Hoffman Snakebite is a complex and neglected issue that requires a multifactorial strategy, including conservation, community engagement, scientific research and robust healthcare delivery, according to experts who recently participated in a Global Health Matters podcast. In the most recent episode of Global Health Matters, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with Fan Hui Wen and Thea Litschka-Koen, snakebite gurus in Brazil and Eswatini, who reveal untold truths about snake bites in their communities and the complexities associated with producing and administering antivenom. He also talks with Diogo Martins, the research lead for snakebite at Wellcome in the United Kingdom. How big is the snakebite challenge? The World Health Organization estimates that 5.4 million people are bitten by snakes every year, and nearly 140,000 people die. “The burden is quite big,” Martins says, explaining that of the 5 million people who are bitten each year, 2 to 2.5 million are venomous bites. “We’re talking about 100,000 deaths every year, and this is most likely an underestimation. And four times more of that will live for the rest of their lives with, unfortunately, amputations PTSD and that’s a huge burden. “And we’ve done a little bit of desk research about how that compares with many other popular global health issues, and it’s actually quite a substantial amount of years lived with disability, and it’s quite expressive that people just do not know much about it because it feels a little bit remote to many of us, unfortunately,” Martins says. How can we treat snakebites? While antivenom is the best treatment for a venomous snakebite, many complexities are associated with producing and administering antivenom, the experts explain. In addition, according to Litschka-Koen, a lot of clinicians have no faith in antivenom, in part because of the ineffectiveness of the antivenoms that are currently on the market. “There is no regulation regarding the effectiveness of the antivenom,” Litschka-Koen, founder and chairperson of the Eswatini Antivenom Foundation, says. “To produce antivenom is not difficult. To go through the pre-clinical trials it is incredibly costly. “I had no idea how difficult and costly and cumbersome it was actually to produce this product. If it does happen, it needs to be very well regulated,” she continues. “It needs to go through the processes, and it needs to be monitored. Otherwise, we’re going to go back 10 years, and we’re going to be in the situation again where the doctors say, what’s the point of using antivenom? It doesn’t work.” She says that countries can and should start producing their antivenom. However, if they do not, then good antivenoms need to be made accessible. Currently, many antivenoms carry a high price tag, making them out of reach for many people living in low- or middle-income societies. “It’s inconceivable that … you can have patients having patients having to pay $100 in many geographies to solve one episode of a snakebite,” Martins notes. “We cannot have individuals that earn $1.50 a day and have the unfortunate circumstance of crossing paths with a venomous snake, and suddenly all of their savings are gone, not to even mention other impacts socially and economically.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters here. Image Credits: TDR/Global Health Matters. Severe Air Pollution Takes Delhi by Surprise 03/11/2023 Chetan Bhattacharji Same place two months apart. Above: AQI 78, 8th of September, 2023, below: AQI 479, 3rd November, 2023 Within hours, the Delhi government closed schools and announced traffic and construction curbs, but experts are questioning whether the government is tackling the right causes. Meanwhile, a database reporting the contribution of pollution from farm fires has been discontinued by the national government. The air quality forecast remains bleak. Delhi’s air pollution suddenly got a whole lot worse on the 2nd of November, hitting the government’s own defined ‘severe’ levels of 379.2 micrograms/m3 of PM2.5 for the 24-hour period. Despite rising levels of awareness and preparedness for air pollution emergencies, the deterioration in air quality was not anticipated by the Air Quality Early Warning System run by the Central government. In light of the rising pollution levels, all govt and private primary schools in Delhi will remain closed for the next 2 days — Arvind Kejriwal (@ArvindKejriwal) November 2, 2023 Unlike in years past, officials both at the national and Delhi state level were quick to respond – reflecting the growing awareness of air pollution’s health harms over the past few years. Within hours, Delhi’s Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal closed primary schools, and the national government launched an 8-point plan to curb pollution emissions, including a system of ‘differential’ fares for public transit to encourage off-peak bus travel. But despite the measures the latest forecast shows the next few days may continue to see severe air pollution or at best ‘very poor.’ This translates into pollution levels that are roughly eight times the WHO 24-hour average guideline standard for PM2.5 levels, widely regarded as the best indicator of health-harmful pollutants. And the immediate outlook remains bleak. ‘Severe or Very Poor’ air quality is forecast for six days starting on the 3rd of November. Stubble burning may, or may not, be the leading factor Delhi’s haze of 2nd November, 2023: The barely visible building is about 700 metres away, when the hourly PM 2.5 level in this location was a little over 450 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3). The WHO’s safe limit for a day is 15 µg/m3. While many have cited the stubble burning by farmers in rural states north of Delhi, as a key driver for seasonally high levels of pollution in the late fall and early winter, local sources may also be playing a larger role in the leading factor in the current emergency, experts said. The fact is that this year, the number of stubble fires burning in Punjab, the state that produces the lion’s share, had declined by about half their seasonal rate, as of the 1st of November. In their quest for sources, some experts were now pointing squarely at Delhi and surrounding cities – where cooking from biomass, traffic and industrial emissions may now be the leading factors. Additionally, there are the classic weather conditions faced by Delhi at this time of year, when falling temperatures, low wind speeds and a lack of rainfall all trap pollutants closer to the ground. Confounding the issues, one leading government data source on air pollution sources, maintained by the System of Air Quality and Weather Forecasting and Research (SAFAR), has been discontinued, making it more difficult to attribute the sources of pollution at all. Living in a Haze How bad is #Delhi #AirPollution today?!Kid’s school cancelled outing tmrw. PM 2.5 at this spot is > 400 micrograms, safe limit is 5. L pic: taken from < 200 m awayR: taken some weeks ago, from > km away Many complaints of headache, scratchy throats, sniffles pic.twitter.com/vjNq0JMEQI — Chetan Bhattacharji (@CBhattacharji) November 2, 2023 On Thursday, the usual morning haze lingered on and appeared to get worse as the day wore on. Visibility fell, and many people complained of sore throats, running noses and fever. Social media was buzzing with pictures and complaints demanding to know how this is allowed to happen year after year. Preliminary data shows that levels of PM 2.5, fine particulates that are the most common indicator for health risks, shot up beyond 250 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3) on average across India’s capital around 2-3 p.m. Thursday afternoon. That’s 17 times greater than WHO’s 24-hour standard of just 15 (µg/m3) . The mid-afternoon spike was also unusual. As it’s the hottest part of the day, pollutants tend to rise with the heat thereby reducing ground-level pollution. The pollution emergency was not forecast although satellites and at least one supercomputer are now being used in India to track air quality. Eight-point graded response plan announced GRAP stage III restrictions kick in . Any vehicle which is BS III petrol and BS IV diesel not allowed to ply . Fine of 20,000 for any transgression. — Ashish Kundra (@ashishkundra) November 2, 2023 The main body in charge of controlling pollution in and around Delhi, the Commission for Air Quality Management (CAQM) blamed meteorological and climate conditions as “highly unfavourable.” The air quality index (AQI) was only expected to worsen in the coming days, it also warned. As the AQI hit ‘severe’ it triggered multiple responses. Government officials gave the go-ahead for an 8-point action plan – under a programme called Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP). Topping the list is more vacuuming and mechanised sweeping of roads and sprinkling water to suppress dust. The government also introduced differential rates on Delhi’s public transport system to encourage off-peak travel to reduce traffic congestion. Bus frequency has also been increased and special shuttles are being started for central government employees, a senior official of the Government of Delhi, Mr Ashish Kundra told Health Policy Watch. The Committee also announced a ban on all construction and demolition projects except for essential hospitals, defence, metro and other infrastructure. They announced restrictions on the movement of older vehicles that fail to meet the latest pollution standards within Delhi and four bordering cities (Gurgugram, Faridabad, Ghaziabad and Gautam Budh Nagar a.k.a. Noida.) Officials Divided: To Walk Or Not To Walk The Indian cricket captain has very rightly raised serious concerns on the worsening air pollution situation in India, which has now extended far beyond North India. — A study by Indian scientists(not global) over a period of 7 years in Delhi and Chennai confirms increased risk… — Jairam Ramesh (@Jairam_Ramesh) November 2, 2023 But there appear to be cracks in the air pollution control system. It goes beyond the well-publicised discussion around a basic shortage of staff. In the first 24 hours of the crisis, there’s been contradictory health advice to residents from two top agencies. Notably, the CAQM, controlled by the Central government, says those in Delhi and its neighbourhood should “walk or use cycles for short distances.” SAFAR, also controlled by the Central government (they have the said supercomputer), says “everyone” should avoid all physical activity outdoors and “give a miss to walk today.” Scientists have documented how even short-term exposure to hazardous levels of PM 2.5 are linked to premature mortality, increased emergency room visits and hospital admissions for acute and chronic cardiovascular and respiratory conditions. As a result they have generally recommended restricting outdoor physical activity on high-pollution days. Focusing on the wrong pollutants? That's #Gurgaon #Gurugram today . The Singapore of #Haryana is becoming flag bearer of #pollution and there is no solution in sight That's is how we spend winter and festivals every year by choking.#AirPollution #DelhiAirPollution #DelhiAirQuality pic.twitter.com/cLn5bv8u8x — Sumedha Sharma (@sumedhasharma86) November 2, 2023 A look at the curbs announced by the CAQM also shows that there is an emphasis on controlling construction and road dust. However, the contribution of these sources to Delhi’s current air pollution problem is very marginal, according to daily source attribution data generated by the Ministry of Earth Sciences. Known as the Decision Support System for Air Quality Management in Delhi (DSS). This is the one India-based reference point remaining for unraveling air pollution sources following the discontinuation of the SAFAR database. For 2 November, the DSS showed Delhi’s construction as contributing 2% of ambient air pollution, while road dust and waste burning contributed just 1% each. In contrast, the largest proportion of pollution currently was from biomass burning – 25% according to the DSS database. This latter presumably includes the thousands of crop stubble farm fires burning up north in the states of Punjab and Haryana – but it also could include local household sources of heating and cooking. Delhi-area transport accounted for about 14%. Meanwhile, another 30% of emissions are transported into the city from 19 nearby towns. Another 16% of emissions originate from areas beyond the Delhi region – although there is no further detail on the types of sources here, as well. Notably, more precise data on the source apportionment of farm fires used to be provided by the SAFAR database, operated by the Centre’s Ministry of Earth Science, until only a year ago and cancelled for reasons that no one has managed to explain. Given a dearth of information about sources, then, major questions remain about how effective are the measures being taken in Delhi in the current air pollution crisis. Farm Fires vs Delhi’s Own Pollution Satellite data shows that the number of farm fires in the north Indian state of Punjab has sharply declined compared to a year ago, but have begun to rise now. Source: CEEW. Many farmers burn the residual stubble from the paddy harvest in order to sow the next crop, largely wheat, by mid-November. It’s the most economical way specially for marginal farmers to do so given how expensive manual labour or machines are. The governing party of Punjab, Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) is also in power in Delhi. It had promised to reduce the number of farm fires by half this year; last year there were almost 50,000. The data so far shows that that seems to be on track. The fire count till the 1st of November, i.e. a day before the air quality turned ‘severe’, was under 9,000 compared to over 17,000 a year ago at the same time. However, the fires are rising daily. The four-day average till 1st November was 2,200 compared to under 900 a week earlier. The number of fires is expected to rise till mid-November when the wheat must be sowed. The smoke appears to be smothering Delhi. While the DSS data showed it was contributing a quarter of the pollution, the EU space programme posted that a “thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires in the northwestern states) is engulfing” the capital. #ImageOfTheDay#India 🇮🇳 has been facing poor #AirQuality over the past few days ⬇️A thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires 🔥 in the northwestern states) is engulfing the skies over #NewDelhi, as visible in the #Sentinel3 🇪🇺🛰️ image of 31 October pic.twitter.com/r2QfFiOKGt — Copernicus EU (@CopernicusEU) November 2, 2023 Additionally, the CAQM stated that there was a sudden increase in the number of farm fires, combined with unfavourable meteorological conditions (low wind speed) moving pollution to Delhi. However, some experts point out that the lower number of farm fires underscores a greater truth. “The contribution from fires or any sources will continue to remain debated as there is not a clear consensus on the emissions inventory being used to develop these models” for source attribution. “Despite lower levels of burning in the same period this year (vis-à-vis) last year, we see that the AQ is as bad, if not worse than last year, and this points to the other sources that exist within the NCR that need better coordination to address. “In two weeks’ time, we will have to shift focus to those more persistent sources that pollute our air throughout the year. The role of meteorology must be discounted at all times- what we cannot control, we cannot obsess over and blame. We can only bring down our emissions,” says Karthik Ganesan, Fellow, Council on Energy, Environment and Water (CEEW.) Swiss, Singapore and Korean Regulatory Agencies Become First to Receive New WHO Listing 03/11/2023 Disha Shetty Drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) and can be used as a point of reference for the approval of new drugs and vaccines. The drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) that can be used as a point of reference for other countries’ deliberations on approval of new drugs and vaccines. The WHO’s recently established WLA framework is intended to create an evidenced-based pathway for regulatory authorities operating at an advanced level of performance to be globally recognized. The overall aim is to provide a point of reference for other national authorities in their consideration of new drugs for approval. This can help promote faster and more robust regulatory reviews in other countries of new, and potentially significant medical products that some national authorities may not have the resources to evaluate thoroughly on their own. Traditionally, WHO as well as many low-and middle-income countries looked to the regulatory decisions of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) or the European Medicines Agency (EMA) for guidance in their own national approval of new drugs and medicines. However, the reference to the US FDA and EMA has always been informal and relatively ad-hoc. WLA label creates a more systematic pathway for international recognition The newly created WLA label aims to correct this by creating a more systematic pathway to international recognition for a national regulatory agency. That should signal to other countries that the agency meets WHO and other internationally recognized regulatory standards and practices. A technical advisory group on WHO-Listed Authorities (TAG-WLA), which met for the first time in September at WHO headquarters in Geneva, made the designations based on a set of criteria established for the WLA framework. The group’s key task is to provide independent, strategic, and technical advice to the WHO as it decides who to add to the WLA. The group has 14 members from the six WHO regions with a broad range of expertise. Asked by Health Policy Watch why the FDA and EMA hadn’t been granted certification yet, a WHO spokesperson said, “several stringent regulatory authorities (SRA) already initiated discussions with WHO on the process towards WLA.” But the spokesperson added, “The decision to apply for evaluation and listing as a WLA is voluntary, and no selection is conducted by WHO; rather, it is initiated by or on behalf of the regulatory authority (RA) if satisfies one of the criteria.” They are: The RA is on the list of transitional WLAs (tWLA). The RA has attained at least overall Maturity Level (ML) 3 as determined through a formal benchmarking against the WHO Global Benchmarking Tool (GBT). “Once eligibility is confirmed, the RA must undergo a performance evaluation process,” the spokesperson added, noting that the process is further described in a new Operational Guidance. WLA designation applies to medicines, not medical devices The WLA framework is currently only applicable to medicines [including multisource (generics), and new medicines (new chemical entities) and/or biotherapeutics and/or similar biotherapeutic products], and vaccines. Medical devices, including in vitro diagnostics, as well as blood and blood derivatives are not in the scope of the WLA, WHO said. The newly WHO-certified authorities include the Health Sciences Authority (HSA), Singapore; the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS), Republic of Korea; and the Swiss Agency for Therapeutic Products (Swissmedic), Switzerland. The listing indicated that the regulatory authority has complied with all the indicators and requirements specified by WHO. “This achievement is the result of investment by the Governments of the Republic of Korea, Singapore and Switzerland in the strengthening of their regulatory systems and reaffirms the collaboration between WHO and the three Governments in promoting confidence, trust and further reliance on authorities that have attained this global recognition, through the transparent and evidence-based pathway for designating and listing of WLAs,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, assistant director-general for Access to Medicines and Health Products. Although the WLA designation will provide a pathway for other countries in deliberating regulatory decisions, the WHO spokesperson stressed that “the ultimate responsibility and decision for using or adopting the regulatory decisions taken by a WLA resides with the users (e.g., other regulatory authorities, procurement agencies) and will depend on the specific context and scope of its intended use.” Image Credits: Unsplash. Health Sector is ‘Ill-Prepared’ to Protect People Against Heat and Other Extreme Weather Events 03/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan People’s exposure to heat is increasing in Ethiopia due to climate change, which is also causing water shortage. Heat is the deadliest of extreme weather events, and heat-related mortality could be 30 times higher than previously thought, killing 500,000 people annually between 2000 and 2019. Yet only half the world’s governments have heat warning services, less than a quarter (23%) of health ministries use meteorological information to monitor climate-sensitive health risks, and only 26 countries have climate-informed, heat-health early warning systems. These are some of the key findings of the 2023 State of Climate Services Report, prepared by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and partners, which was released on Thursday. In assessing progress made in climate services for health globally, the report finds the health sector “ill-prepared to safeguard society”. Addressing the report’s launch, WMO Secretary-General Prof Petteri Taalas said that, by the latter part of this century, “we are going to face very severe combined heat and humidity stress cases, especially at low latitudes”. Prof Petteri Taalas, WMO Secretary General Taalas added that, typically, during heatwaves, air quality was also poor: “When we had the 2003 heatwave Europe, there were 75,000 casualties and a large part of the deaths were related to poor air quality as we had a fairly high concentration of surface ozone. “During these kinds of events, especially in urban areas, we also have challenges with ultrafine particles. That was the case in 2010, when Russia was facing a heat wave and 50,000 people died. There was also fairly poor air quality due to forest fires and peat fires, and we faced a similar situation in Canada this year,” said Taalas. “And we know from the most recent IPCC [Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change] report that practically the whole world has been experiencing an increase of heat waves. About half of the planet has been facing increased flooding events and a third has faced drought,” he added. Climate impacts on health World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanon Ghebreyesus said the report “highlights the need for tailored climate information to support the health sector on a wide range of functions from heat health warning systems to mapping the risk of infectious diseases”. “It also calls for more to be done to prepare the health community for future shocks and pressures due to climate variability. Going forward, we must work together to make high-quality climate services available to all communities and support the health and well-being of people facing the impacts of climate change,” added Tedros. Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Environment, Climate Change and Health, said that the data generated by the WMO and partners was key in assisting the health sector. “If we use this very powerful data, and we put it at the services of the health care system, we can be better prepared to respond and prevent events from heat waves to other extreme weather events to drought, to potential outbreaks of infectious diseases,” said Neira. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, Lead of the WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health Office at WMO, summarising some of the report’s key findings. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health office lead, detailed the “wide and varied” impact of climate on health, from the spread of infectious diseases such as dengue and malaria to impacts on food systems and air quality. But she said one positive is that health has become a policy priority within the national climate policies in almost all countries and there is a “huge opportunity” to bring together climate adaptation and climate science to “help inform the decisions and policymakers to prepare communities that are vulnerable to climate change worldwide to adapt to the health risks”. As usual, lack of finances is a problem. Currently, just 0.2% of total bilateral and multilateral adaptation finance supports health-focused projects. Fiji is vulnerable to sea levels rising and floods, exacerbating waterborne and vector-borne diseases. The report includes case studies of successful partnerships between health and meteorological services. In Fiji, for example, the Ministry of Health and the meteorological services have data-sharing agreements to track waterborne and vector-borne diseases as the country battles with sea level rise and extreme weather events. Argentina’s public institutions have been working with their research community to develop evidence-based public warnings for extreme heat for specific locations and populations. “In the first year of the launch of this heat-health early warning system, Argentina has launched 987 alerts across the country that have helped their public services and their communities to better prepare for the heat season,” said Shumake-Guillemot. Meanwhile, in Europe an estimated 40 million people suffer from seasonal allergies and the region’s AutoPollen project predicts, detects and reports pollen concentrations in real time to doctors, patients and allergy patient associations via an online system and mobile app. Way forward to COP28 and beyond “Despite examples of success, data shows that the health sector is under-utilizing available climate knowledge and tools. At the same time, climate services need to be further enhanced to fully satisfy the health sector requirements,” the report notes. Meanwhile, Neira told the launch that health is firmly on the agenda of the next global climate meeting, COP28. “There will be a special ministerial high-level roundtable and the first-ever health day at COP28,” said Neira. “This is not only to raise the voice of the health community to explain how bad [climate change] is impacting our health, but to ask for more action and to demonstrate that the health community is now very much into the political agenda and in pushing for the reduction of emissions and adaptation,” she added. Wellcome Trust’s Madeleine Thomson, head of impacts and adaptation, predicts “a tsunami of demand coming to the climate community for climate information relevant to health”. “At the moment, we do not have a well-developed health community that is capacitated to ask the right questions, seek the right partnerships, and engage effectively,” said Thomson, but added that a lot more could be done to bring the health and climate communities together. Image Credits: Oxfam East Africa. WHO Repeats Call for Humanitarian Pause in Gaza-Israel Conflict as Injured Palestinians Arrive in Egypt for Treatment 02/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza Palestinian arrives in Egypt via the Rafah border, opened for the first time to the exit of critically wounded and ill since the start of the Israeli-Hamas conflict. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus repeated calls for a “humanitarian pause” in the fierce fighting between Israel and Hamas-controlled Gaza to allow for the resupply of Palestinian hospitals in Gaza, and treatment of injured and ill, saying “we are running out of words to describe the horror.” Speaking at a press briefing Thursday, Tedros welcomed Egypt’s agreement Tuesday to open two northern Sinai’s hospitals to critically ill or injured Palestinians, but noted that so far only 46 people have so far managed to cross over for treatment. Three field hospitals to be set up in Gaza are also in the planning now to handle the humanitarian emergency. But implementation would depend on safe passage arrangements. And such facilities cannot replace regular services, Tedros stressed, noting that 14 out of 36 hospitals in the Gaza Strip are not functioning right now. Meanwhile, while the world’s attention is focused on Gaza and Israel, Sudan’s health system is also cracking under the strain of more than 7 million internally displaced people – one of the largest in the world, said WHO’s director general in his remarks. “The already fragile health system is buckling under the load of injuries, outbreaks, malnutrition and untreated cases of diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular, kidney and respiratory disease,” Tedros said. “In addition to measles, rubella, malaria and dengue, outbreaks of cholera have been declared in three states.” Horror still unfolding WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at 2 November press briefing. “Since Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel, on 7 October, more than 10,000 people have been killed. including more than 8500 in Gaza, and 1400 in Israel,” Tedros said. “In both Israel and Gaza, Some 70% of those killed are women and children. More than 21,000 people are injured and more than 1.4 million people in Gaza have been displaced. Despite the rising calls for a “humanitarian pause” including from US President Joe Biden, the conflict showed no signs of letting up yet. Israeli ground troops appeared to be tightening their grip around Hamas strongholds in Gaza City, in the north of the enclave, backed by aerial bombardment. Hamas missile attacks on Israeli cities continued for the 27th day, while in Lebanon, Hizbullah and Hamas stepped up pressure on Israel’s northern front, firing dozens of rockets into Israeli communities Thursday evening with a fiery direct hit in one city, Kiryat Shmona. “Everywhere…. death, destruction, loss. So far, WHO has verified 277 attacks on health care, including 218 in the occupied Palestinian territory, and 19 in Israel,” Tedros remarked. “The situation on the ground in Gaza is indescribable. Hospitals crammed with the injured lying in corridors…. Doctors performing surgery without anesthesia. Thousands of people seeking shelter from the bombardment. Families crammed into overcrowded rooms desperate for food and water. Toilets overflowing and the risk of disease outbreak spreading and everywhere. Flames and smoke billow during Israeli strikes in Gaza, which have caused an unprecedented level of destruction since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “At the very least, we need a humanitarian pause in the fighting and ideally a ceasefire. We need unfettered access and safe passage agreed by both parties to ensure the security of access routes,”’” the WHO Director General warned. “Let me be clear, there can be no justification for Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel,” he said referring to the 7 October surprise rampage by Hamas gunmen into 22 Israeli communities near Gaza that left over 1300 Israelis shot, burned or bludgeoned to death, while 242 men, women and children were taken hostage. “I understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Israeli people. I also understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Palestinian people,” Tedros said. “WHO continues to call on Hamas to release the hostages, many of whom need urgent medical attention,” he added. “We continue to call on Israel to restore supplies of electricity, water and fuel. We continue to call on both sides to abide by their obligations under international humanitarian law. And we call on who[ever] can, to de-escalate this conflict rather than inflame it.” WHO supplies delivered – but not reaching all parts of the enclave WHO health supplies delivered to Al Nasser Medical complex in the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis on 23 October, after a humanitarian corridor from Egypt opened up. Resupply to hospitals in northern Gaza has become virtually impossible since Israeli ground troops entered Gaza, WHO says. So far, WHO has been able to deliver some 54 metric tons of medical supplies to Gaza since an emergency corridor opened from Egypt, at the Rafah crossing, said Tedros. But he described this as a “drip feed” of aid in comparison to the scale required. “Before the seventh of October, an average of 500 tracks a day were crossing in together with essential supplies. Since the seventh of October, only 217 tracks have entered in total. To sustain the humanitarian response on the scale needed, we need hundreds of trucks to enter Gaza every day.” And with fierce fighting underway in northern Gaza between Israel and Hamas for the past several days, resupply of many health facilities has been impossible, said Mike Ryan, WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies. “Getting trucks over the border is one thing, getting them to the places in which they’re needed is another and that has not been facilitated that has not been supported, in fact, if anything quite the opposite,” he said. Over the coming months, WHO is developing a plan to set up three field hospitals in Gaza, including one in the northern part of the enclave and two in the south, said Dr Richard Peeperkorn, WHO’s Jerusalem-based representative for the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Dr Richard Peeperkorn, Jerusalem-based WHO representative to the Occupied Palestinian Territories. The field hospitals would be part of a $50 million operational plan, also including recruitment of specialized emergency medical teams from abroad (EMTs). Even so, “the focus is first and foremost, on supporting existing health facilities, strengthening and maintaining services and instituting a trauma pathway,” Peeperkorn underlined. “We are now in an ultra-emergency phase. But in this humanitarian response, we have to focus on supporting, making sure that the existing health systems will be able to deliver. “It would be really a bit delusional if you think that when a few EMTs from outside, or setting up a few hospitals, that we can supply appropriate or even a minimum level of health services for 2.2 million Gazans. “To have, of course, this plan – to make sure it’s operational, we need, ideally, a humanitarian ceasefire. But we definitely need humanitarian corridors and then a sustained access to the needed supplies.” Presence of Hamas centers under hospitals – irrelevant to obligation to protect them Al Shifa Hospital – 15 October. Emergency Medical Teams (EMTs) deployed in a tent outside the hospital, the largest in Gaza, to handle the surge of patients. As for Israel’s assertions that Hamas has sited key military command and control centers as well as supplies, underneath some of Gaza’s major hospitals, particularly Al Shifa and Al Quds in the northern part of the enclave, Ryan said that this didn’t absolve Israel from the responsibility to shield the facilities from attack. Israel has told the hospitals that they need to evacuate patients and staff to the south, in order to stay clear of the conflict. “The reality on the ground at Al Shifa and other hospitals is that we have thousands of health workers, thousands of patients, and probably hundreds of thousands of civilians sheltering at these multiple facilities particularly, and all over but in the north now,” Ryan said. “The rules are clear on this. Health care must be protected. “We know what’s going on above the ground. We deal with the doctors, the nurses and the administrators of the hospitals, and they’re crammed full of patients, ongoing operations, intensive care, and much much else. “We have no information on what may be happening elsewhere, or underneath these facilities. That’s not information we would have or could verify.” Mike Ryan, WHO Health Emergencies ED: Use of hospitals for military purposes is illegal, but WHO has no independent verification of the reports. While Ryan acknowledged that any “misuse of facilities for military purposes is equally outlawed under international law… we have no independent verification whatsoever of any of the information. “And in this situation where such an eventuality occurs, again, it is the responsibility of the occupying power to, not only agree with the local health authorities on an evacuation, but then if that does happen, that has to be fully facilitated, fully supported logistically, and those patients those doctors need to have a place of safety where the patients can receive an adequate and similar amount of care. None of those, none of those criteria are met.” Mental health trauma on both sides Burnt-out remains of a home at Israel’s Kibbutz Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border where 52 of the community’s 400 members were killed by Hamas on 7 October, and another 20 are missing or held captive. Israelis as well as Palestinians are suffering the snowballing mental health effects of the ongoing revelations around the Hamas massacre on 7 October and ensuing war, said Peeperkorn as well as WHO’s representative in Israel, Dr. Michel Thieren. In Gaza, there is the lack of day -to-day access to basic necessities, as well as the constant risk of death from aerial bombardments, Peeperkorn observed. While UN staff are often considered “a bit more privileged than the other Gazans… in many of my staff, they are completely desperate, utterly, utterly desperate, and utterly depressed, and no vision about life anymore. And this is a group that a lot of people would call privileged, so think about the rest of Gazans. On the Israeli side, still-unfolding evidence of the rape, mutilation, or burning of many civilian victims of the 7 October Hamas incursion, has become seared in the collective Isareli consciousness. Along with that, are the concerns about the fate of the 242 hostages reportedly held by Hamas, including about 50 infants, children and older people, as well as women and men. “It’s a whole shadow of trauma that is spreading across the country, the survivors, the families of hostages, the witnesses of atrocities,” said Thieren, who has been quoted saying that in Israel’s Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border, he saw scenes “that I never saw in Syria, Iraq, Sudan or anywhere else.” “The displaced populations, the hosting communities of those displaced people and survivors. I would even say, the decision makers, the whole country is plunged into a night of trauma, and the trauma spreads like a virus.” He noted that WHO’s European Regional Director Hans Kluge had just visited Israel to see the site of the 7 October mass killings first-hand, and discuss strengthened collaborations on mental health and rehabilitation. Image Credits: WHO/EMRO, Health Policy Watch. Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Intellectual Property Negotiations Belong at WTO, European Countries Tell Pandemic Accord Negotiations 06/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan INB co-chairs Roland Driece (centre) and Precious Matsoso (right) at the seventh meeting of the intergovernmental negotiating body. At the start of the seventh round of negotiations on a pandemic agreement on Monday, a number of European countries asserted that any changes to intellectual property (IP) rights should be thrashed out at the World Trade Organization (WTO) – not the World Health Organization (WHO). IP rights are one of the most controversial aspects of the pandemic agreement negotiations and, with a negotiating text finally before WHO member states, sharp disagreements were once again evident at the Monday plenary of the intergovernmental negotiating body (INB). Describing the text as an “improvement”, the European Union nonetheless expressed concerns about clauses on IP, technology transfer and finance in the text. Germany, Sweden, Ireland and the UK were more direct in their opposition to any attempts to undermine IP protection, stating that discussions belong at the WTO. “Speaking as one of those Geneva ambassadors who has the good fortune to cover both the United Nations and the World Trade Organisation, I do need to reaffirm our conviction that the WTO is the appropriate forum to discuss our obligations on intellectual property,” said the UK representative. US representative Colin McIff and Ambassador Pamela Hamamoto. Meanwhile, the US stated that “eliminating intellectual property protections will not effectively improve equitable access during pandemic emergencies, and will in fact harm the systems that have served us well in the past. “The United States believes strongly in IP protections which serve to fuel investment and innovation. We agree that more timely access to these innovations should be central to our discussions and are exploring options to prioritise the availability of medical counter-measures for developing countries during future pandemic emergencies.” Articles 10 (on sustainable production) and 11 (tech transfer and know-how) appear to be the thorns in their flesh. Article 10 simply “encourages” entities – particularly those that get significant public financing – to grant “non-exclusive, royalty-free licences to any manufacturers, particularly from developing countries, to use their intellectual property” to develop “pre-pandemic and pandemic diagnostics, vaccines and therapeutics”. Article 11 is more explicit, committing parties during pandemics to “time-bound waivers of intellectual property rights to accelerate or scale up the manufacturing of pandemic-related products”. During the stakeholder session, Knowledge Ecology International (KEI) described the text’s provisions on IP limitation as “well-intentioned but problematic”. “Parties do not need to refer to the WTO TRIPS agreement or a waiver. Global rules on exceptions are broad enough. What is needed is the implementation of laws and use of exceptions at the national level, to address IP issues in a way that is useful,” said KEI. KEI’s Thiru Balasubramaniam WTO appeals for synergies The WTO appealed for “synergies and complementarity” between its processes and bodies and the “trade-related elements of the INB’s draft negotiating text”. These include consideration by the TRIPS Council of extending “to COVID-19 therapeutics and diagnostics the 2022 ministerial decision on the TRIPS Agreement”, discussions in the Council for Trading Goods on “export restrictions, regulatory requirements, international coordination, transparency, and trade facilitation”, and “mapping manufacturing capacities and demand” to develop a “global supply chain and logistics network”. Meanwhile, the World Intellectual Property Organization (WIPO) asserted that “any outcome from the INB process should not affect the rights and obligations and the other existing international agreements” and that “protection of IP rights is important for the development of new medical products”. Meanwhile, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers and Associations (IFPMA) said that the parts of the current text would undermine the innovation ecosystem that enabled the pharmaceutical industry’s “ability to rapidly develop medical countermeasures”. The IFPMA also warned of “unnecessary bureaucratic hurdles” that “will deter the scientific research”. “The draft lacks a clear strategy for a robust procurement mechanism for low-income countries and fails to adequately address trade barriers that could hinder the global distribution of medical supplies,” added the IFPMA. ‘Common but differentiated responsibilities’ The Equity Group and Africa Group objected to the removal of common but differentiated responsibilities (CBDR) – a term usually used in climate talks to indicate that, while all countries have responsibilities, economic differences mean they cannot all have the same level of responsibilities. The Equity Group, which represents 29 countries across regions – including Brazil, China, South Africa and Pakistan – stated that CBDR is important for “international solidarity and inclusivity”. “CBDR should be included in the treaty with a view to achieving equity and attaining the highest standard of health for all,” said South Africa for the Equity Group. South Africa’s Ambassador Mxolisi Nkosi on behalf of the Equity Group The group “has developed textual proposals to be included in the draft negotiating texts that will lead to the realisation of equity as a central mandate”, noted South Africa. The group wants stronger equity language in eight sections: Article Seven (health and care workforce), Article Nine (research and development), Article 10 (sustainable production), Article 11 (technology transfer), Article 12 (access and benefit sharing), Article 13 (supply chain and logistics), Article 19 (implementation support) and Article 20 (financing). The Africa Group also appealed for health sector strengthening to include a prohibition on wealthy countries poaching health workers from poorer countries. Lack of gender equity Last week, Medecins sans Frontieres (MSF) noted that “there is no reference to sexual and reproductive rights services in the text, “gender equity” has been deleted from general principles, and “gender inequalities” is only mentioned in the articles on health workforce and international cooperation and collaboration. The Pandemic Action Network (PAN) also raised the text’s failure to include “gender equity language for persons in vulnerable situations”. “Equity and human rights must explicitly include gender. Parties must agree to collect and report gender-disaggregated data, uphold social protections and protect the full spectrum of essential health services for all emergencies,” said PAN. The Office of the High Commissioner for Human Rights also noted the lack of references to gender and human rights (three mentions each). Meanwhile, the Independent Panel on Pandemic Preparedness and Response called for “definitive, results-oriented language” that commits countries to invest in building regional resilience by defined dates. Modalities still undecided There was widespread member state support for the start of “direct negotiations” focused on the most important aspects of the draft – which is now being referred to as an “agreement” – rather than the more legally binding accord or treaty. However, there was also some support for the continuation of informal meetings to address contentious articles – particularly during the month-long break between the first part of this INB meeting this week and its second session on 4-6 December. Ethiopia’s Ambassador Tsegab Kebebew on behalf of the Africa Group However, Ethiopia on behalf of the Africa Group, rejected the informal meetings as a “parallel process”. The Africa and Equity Groups, as well as countries from the Americas, want to start with the most contentious part of the draft, Chapter Two which covers equity. The INB co-chairs appealed for member states not to repeat their well-known positions “twenty months into negotiations”, but to move forward to find consensus. The US also “urged consideration of industry and stakeholder views, which will be essential for the future implementation of this agreement”. “This outreach needs to be done with greater intensity given these partnerships will provide important information about the viability of many proposals in that text,” said the US. Japan also requested dialogue with “relevant stakeholders, including research institutes, industry, and civil society”, particularly with “entities which will be involved in the implementation of this draft agreement”. Israel-Palestine conflict clouds discussion The Israeli-Palestinian conflict cast a long shadow over the INB meeting, with a number of countries stating their support of one or the other during their comments on the draft. The most tense exchange came from representatives of the territories. “A pandemic situation is in front of our doors in Palestine as the sewage pumping system is not operational any more,” warned the representative from Palestine. Palestine appealed for international assistance, including “air-tight body bags, help with extracting bodies, as well as trucks and bulldozers, medicines, medical equipment and, “the most urgent, water, food and fuel for hospitals, ambulances and health care access in general”. “No place is safe in the occupied Palestinian territory – the West Bank including East Jerusalem and the Gaza Strip,” he concluded, noting that over 9000 Palestinians had been killed in the month-long conflict. However, Israel’s representative accused the Palestinian Authority of giving “a free pass to a genocidal terrorist organisation which unleashed its terror on Israel people on October 7”. “It’s certainly perplexing that the delegation does not condemn the action of Hamas when on October 7, they committed the slaughter of Jewish people, not for anything they have done, but because of who they were. “When Hamas entered southern Israel and slaughtered, raped, tortured and murdered 1400 people, they were civilians,” noted Israel’s delegate, calling on Palestine to “condemn Hamas for using the Palestinians as humans shields and for “the slaughter of 1400 people on October 7,” he concluded. The INB co-chairs allowed comments on the conflict but conceded at the close of the meeting that this had slowed progress and that Tuesday’s meeting would still need to decide on the modalities for negotiations. From Amputations to PTSD: The Devastating Burden of Snakebites on Communities Worldwide 04/11/2023 Maayan Hoffman Snakebite is a complex and neglected issue that requires a multifactorial strategy, including conservation, community engagement, scientific research and robust healthcare delivery, according to experts who recently participated in a Global Health Matters podcast. In the most recent episode of Global Health Matters, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with Fan Hui Wen and Thea Litschka-Koen, snakebite gurus in Brazil and Eswatini, who reveal untold truths about snake bites in their communities and the complexities associated with producing and administering antivenom. He also talks with Diogo Martins, the research lead for snakebite at Wellcome in the United Kingdom. How big is the snakebite challenge? The World Health Organization estimates that 5.4 million people are bitten by snakes every year, and nearly 140,000 people die. “The burden is quite big,” Martins says, explaining that of the 5 million people who are bitten each year, 2 to 2.5 million are venomous bites. “We’re talking about 100,000 deaths every year, and this is most likely an underestimation. And four times more of that will live for the rest of their lives with, unfortunately, amputations PTSD and that’s a huge burden. “And we’ve done a little bit of desk research about how that compares with many other popular global health issues, and it’s actually quite a substantial amount of years lived with disability, and it’s quite expressive that people just do not know much about it because it feels a little bit remote to many of us, unfortunately,” Martins says. How can we treat snakebites? While antivenom is the best treatment for a venomous snakebite, many complexities are associated with producing and administering antivenom, the experts explain. In addition, according to Litschka-Koen, a lot of clinicians have no faith in antivenom, in part because of the ineffectiveness of the antivenoms that are currently on the market. “There is no regulation regarding the effectiveness of the antivenom,” Litschka-Koen, founder and chairperson of the Eswatini Antivenom Foundation, says. “To produce antivenom is not difficult. To go through the pre-clinical trials it is incredibly costly. “I had no idea how difficult and costly and cumbersome it was actually to produce this product. If it does happen, it needs to be very well regulated,” she continues. “It needs to go through the processes, and it needs to be monitored. Otherwise, we’re going to go back 10 years, and we’re going to be in the situation again where the doctors say, what’s the point of using antivenom? It doesn’t work.” She says that countries can and should start producing their antivenom. However, if they do not, then good antivenoms need to be made accessible. Currently, many antivenoms carry a high price tag, making them out of reach for many people living in low- or middle-income societies. “It’s inconceivable that … you can have patients having patients having to pay $100 in many geographies to solve one episode of a snakebite,” Martins notes. “We cannot have individuals that earn $1.50 a day and have the unfortunate circumstance of crossing paths with a venomous snake, and suddenly all of their savings are gone, not to even mention other impacts socially and economically.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters here. Image Credits: TDR/Global Health Matters. Severe Air Pollution Takes Delhi by Surprise 03/11/2023 Chetan Bhattacharji Same place two months apart. Above: AQI 78, 8th of September, 2023, below: AQI 479, 3rd November, 2023 Within hours, the Delhi government closed schools and announced traffic and construction curbs, but experts are questioning whether the government is tackling the right causes. Meanwhile, a database reporting the contribution of pollution from farm fires has been discontinued by the national government. The air quality forecast remains bleak. Delhi’s air pollution suddenly got a whole lot worse on the 2nd of November, hitting the government’s own defined ‘severe’ levels of 379.2 micrograms/m3 of PM2.5 for the 24-hour period. Despite rising levels of awareness and preparedness for air pollution emergencies, the deterioration in air quality was not anticipated by the Air Quality Early Warning System run by the Central government. In light of the rising pollution levels, all govt and private primary schools in Delhi will remain closed for the next 2 days — Arvind Kejriwal (@ArvindKejriwal) November 2, 2023 Unlike in years past, officials both at the national and Delhi state level were quick to respond – reflecting the growing awareness of air pollution’s health harms over the past few years. Within hours, Delhi’s Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal closed primary schools, and the national government launched an 8-point plan to curb pollution emissions, including a system of ‘differential’ fares for public transit to encourage off-peak bus travel. But despite the measures the latest forecast shows the next few days may continue to see severe air pollution or at best ‘very poor.’ This translates into pollution levels that are roughly eight times the WHO 24-hour average guideline standard for PM2.5 levels, widely regarded as the best indicator of health-harmful pollutants. And the immediate outlook remains bleak. ‘Severe or Very Poor’ air quality is forecast for six days starting on the 3rd of November. Stubble burning may, or may not, be the leading factor Delhi’s haze of 2nd November, 2023: The barely visible building is about 700 metres away, when the hourly PM 2.5 level in this location was a little over 450 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3). The WHO’s safe limit for a day is 15 µg/m3. While many have cited the stubble burning by farmers in rural states north of Delhi, as a key driver for seasonally high levels of pollution in the late fall and early winter, local sources may also be playing a larger role in the leading factor in the current emergency, experts said. The fact is that this year, the number of stubble fires burning in Punjab, the state that produces the lion’s share, had declined by about half their seasonal rate, as of the 1st of November. In their quest for sources, some experts were now pointing squarely at Delhi and surrounding cities – where cooking from biomass, traffic and industrial emissions may now be the leading factors. Additionally, there are the classic weather conditions faced by Delhi at this time of year, when falling temperatures, low wind speeds and a lack of rainfall all trap pollutants closer to the ground. Confounding the issues, one leading government data source on air pollution sources, maintained by the System of Air Quality and Weather Forecasting and Research (SAFAR), has been discontinued, making it more difficult to attribute the sources of pollution at all. Living in a Haze How bad is #Delhi #AirPollution today?!Kid’s school cancelled outing tmrw. PM 2.5 at this spot is > 400 micrograms, safe limit is 5. L pic: taken from < 200 m awayR: taken some weeks ago, from > km away Many complaints of headache, scratchy throats, sniffles pic.twitter.com/vjNq0JMEQI — Chetan Bhattacharji (@CBhattacharji) November 2, 2023 On Thursday, the usual morning haze lingered on and appeared to get worse as the day wore on. Visibility fell, and many people complained of sore throats, running noses and fever. Social media was buzzing with pictures and complaints demanding to know how this is allowed to happen year after year. Preliminary data shows that levels of PM 2.5, fine particulates that are the most common indicator for health risks, shot up beyond 250 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3) on average across India’s capital around 2-3 p.m. Thursday afternoon. That’s 17 times greater than WHO’s 24-hour standard of just 15 (µg/m3) . The mid-afternoon spike was also unusual. As it’s the hottest part of the day, pollutants tend to rise with the heat thereby reducing ground-level pollution. The pollution emergency was not forecast although satellites and at least one supercomputer are now being used in India to track air quality. Eight-point graded response plan announced GRAP stage III restrictions kick in . Any vehicle which is BS III petrol and BS IV diesel not allowed to ply . Fine of 20,000 for any transgression. — Ashish Kundra (@ashishkundra) November 2, 2023 The main body in charge of controlling pollution in and around Delhi, the Commission for Air Quality Management (CAQM) blamed meteorological and climate conditions as “highly unfavourable.” The air quality index (AQI) was only expected to worsen in the coming days, it also warned. As the AQI hit ‘severe’ it triggered multiple responses. Government officials gave the go-ahead for an 8-point action plan – under a programme called Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP). Topping the list is more vacuuming and mechanised sweeping of roads and sprinkling water to suppress dust. The government also introduced differential rates on Delhi’s public transport system to encourage off-peak travel to reduce traffic congestion. Bus frequency has also been increased and special shuttles are being started for central government employees, a senior official of the Government of Delhi, Mr Ashish Kundra told Health Policy Watch. The Committee also announced a ban on all construction and demolition projects except for essential hospitals, defence, metro and other infrastructure. They announced restrictions on the movement of older vehicles that fail to meet the latest pollution standards within Delhi and four bordering cities (Gurgugram, Faridabad, Ghaziabad and Gautam Budh Nagar a.k.a. Noida.) Officials Divided: To Walk Or Not To Walk The Indian cricket captain has very rightly raised serious concerns on the worsening air pollution situation in India, which has now extended far beyond North India. — A study by Indian scientists(not global) over a period of 7 years in Delhi and Chennai confirms increased risk… — Jairam Ramesh (@Jairam_Ramesh) November 2, 2023 But there appear to be cracks in the air pollution control system. It goes beyond the well-publicised discussion around a basic shortage of staff. In the first 24 hours of the crisis, there’s been contradictory health advice to residents from two top agencies. Notably, the CAQM, controlled by the Central government, says those in Delhi and its neighbourhood should “walk or use cycles for short distances.” SAFAR, also controlled by the Central government (they have the said supercomputer), says “everyone” should avoid all physical activity outdoors and “give a miss to walk today.” Scientists have documented how even short-term exposure to hazardous levels of PM 2.5 are linked to premature mortality, increased emergency room visits and hospital admissions for acute and chronic cardiovascular and respiratory conditions. As a result they have generally recommended restricting outdoor physical activity on high-pollution days. Focusing on the wrong pollutants? That's #Gurgaon #Gurugram today . The Singapore of #Haryana is becoming flag bearer of #pollution and there is no solution in sight That's is how we spend winter and festivals every year by choking.#AirPollution #DelhiAirPollution #DelhiAirQuality pic.twitter.com/cLn5bv8u8x — Sumedha Sharma (@sumedhasharma86) November 2, 2023 A look at the curbs announced by the CAQM also shows that there is an emphasis on controlling construction and road dust. However, the contribution of these sources to Delhi’s current air pollution problem is very marginal, according to daily source attribution data generated by the Ministry of Earth Sciences. Known as the Decision Support System for Air Quality Management in Delhi (DSS). This is the one India-based reference point remaining for unraveling air pollution sources following the discontinuation of the SAFAR database. For 2 November, the DSS showed Delhi’s construction as contributing 2% of ambient air pollution, while road dust and waste burning contributed just 1% each. In contrast, the largest proportion of pollution currently was from biomass burning – 25% according to the DSS database. This latter presumably includes the thousands of crop stubble farm fires burning up north in the states of Punjab and Haryana – but it also could include local household sources of heating and cooking. Delhi-area transport accounted for about 14%. Meanwhile, another 30% of emissions are transported into the city from 19 nearby towns. Another 16% of emissions originate from areas beyond the Delhi region – although there is no further detail on the types of sources here, as well. Notably, more precise data on the source apportionment of farm fires used to be provided by the SAFAR database, operated by the Centre’s Ministry of Earth Science, until only a year ago and cancelled for reasons that no one has managed to explain. Given a dearth of information about sources, then, major questions remain about how effective are the measures being taken in Delhi in the current air pollution crisis. Farm Fires vs Delhi’s Own Pollution Satellite data shows that the number of farm fires in the north Indian state of Punjab has sharply declined compared to a year ago, but have begun to rise now. Source: CEEW. Many farmers burn the residual stubble from the paddy harvest in order to sow the next crop, largely wheat, by mid-November. It’s the most economical way specially for marginal farmers to do so given how expensive manual labour or machines are. The governing party of Punjab, Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) is also in power in Delhi. It had promised to reduce the number of farm fires by half this year; last year there were almost 50,000. The data so far shows that that seems to be on track. The fire count till the 1st of November, i.e. a day before the air quality turned ‘severe’, was under 9,000 compared to over 17,000 a year ago at the same time. However, the fires are rising daily. The four-day average till 1st November was 2,200 compared to under 900 a week earlier. The number of fires is expected to rise till mid-November when the wheat must be sowed. The smoke appears to be smothering Delhi. While the DSS data showed it was contributing a quarter of the pollution, the EU space programme posted that a “thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires in the northwestern states) is engulfing” the capital. #ImageOfTheDay#India 🇮🇳 has been facing poor #AirQuality over the past few days ⬇️A thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires 🔥 in the northwestern states) is engulfing the skies over #NewDelhi, as visible in the #Sentinel3 🇪🇺🛰️ image of 31 October pic.twitter.com/r2QfFiOKGt — Copernicus EU (@CopernicusEU) November 2, 2023 Additionally, the CAQM stated that there was a sudden increase in the number of farm fires, combined with unfavourable meteorological conditions (low wind speed) moving pollution to Delhi. However, some experts point out that the lower number of farm fires underscores a greater truth. “The contribution from fires or any sources will continue to remain debated as there is not a clear consensus on the emissions inventory being used to develop these models” for source attribution. “Despite lower levels of burning in the same period this year (vis-à-vis) last year, we see that the AQ is as bad, if not worse than last year, and this points to the other sources that exist within the NCR that need better coordination to address. “In two weeks’ time, we will have to shift focus to those more persistent sources that pollute our air throughout the year. The role of meteorology must be discounted at all times- what we cannot control, we cannot obsess over and blame. We can only bring down our emissions,” says Karthik Ganesan, Fellow, Council on Energy, Environment and Water (CEEW.) Swiss, Singapore and Korean Regulatory Agencies Become First to Receive New WHO Listing 03/11/2023 Disha Shetty Drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) and can be used as a point of reference for the approval of new drugs and vaccines. The drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) that can be used as a point of reference for other countries’ deliberations on approval of new drugs and vaccines. The WHO’s recently established WLA framework is intended to create an evidenced-based pathway for regulatory authorities operating at an advanced level of performance to be globally recognized. The overall aim is to provide a point of reference for other national authorities in their consideration of new drugs for approval. This can help promote faster and more robust regulatory reviews in other countries of new, and potentially significant medical products that some national authorities may not have the resources to evaluate thoroughly on their own. Traditionally, WHO as well as many low-and middle-income countries looked to the regulatory decisions of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) or the European Medicines Agency (EMA) for guidance in their own national approval of new drugs and medicines. However, the reference to the US FDA and EMA has always been informal and relatively ad-hoc. WLA label creates a more systematic pathway for international recognition The newly created WLA label aims to correct this by creating a more systematic pathway to international recognition for a national regulatory agency. That should signal to other countries that the agency meets WHO and other internationally recognized regulatory standards and practices. A technical advisory group on WHO-Listed Authorities (TAG-WLA), which met for the first time in September at WHO headquarters in Geneva, made the designations based on a set of criteria established for the WLA framework. The group’s key task is to provide independent, strategic, and technical advice to the WHO as it decides who to add to the WLA. The group has 14 members from the six WHO regions with a broad range of expertise. Asked by Health Policy Watch why the FDA and EMA hadn’t been granted certification yet, a WHO spokesperson said, “several stringent regulatory authorities (SRA) already initiated discussions with WHO on the process towards WLA.” But the spokesperson added, “The decision to apply for evaluation and listing as a WLA is voluntary, and no selection is conducted by WHO; rather, it is initiated by or on behalf of the regulatory authority (RA) if satisfies one of the criteria.” They are: The RA is on the list of transitional WLAs (tWLA). The RA has attained at least overall Maturity Level (ML) 3 as determined through a formal benchmarking against the WHO Global Benchmarking Tool (GBT). “Once eligibility is confirmed, the RA must undergo a performance evaluation process,” the spokesperson added, noting that the process is further described in a new Operational Guidance. WLA designation applies to medicines, not medical devices The WLA framework is currently only applicable to medicines [including multisource (generics), and new medicines (new chemical entities) and/or biotherapeutics and/or similar biotherapeutic products], and vaccines. Medical devices, including in vitro diagnostics, as well as blood and blood derivatives are not in the scope of the WLA, WHO said. The newly WHO-certified authorities include the Health Sciences Authority (HSA), Singapore; the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS), Republic of Korea; and the Swiss Agency for Therapeutic Products (Swissmedic), Switzerland. The listing indicated that the regulatory authority has complied with all the indicators and requirements specified by WHO. “This achievement is the result of investment by the Governments of the Republic of Korea, Singapore and Switzerland in the strengthening of their regulatory systems and reaffirms the collaboration between WHO and the three Governments in promoting confidence, trust and further reliance on authorities that have attained this global recognition, through the transparent and evidence-based pathway for designating and listing of WLAs,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, assistant director-general for Access to Medicines and Health Products. Although the WLA designation will provide a pathway for other countries in deliberating regulatory decisions, the WHO spokesperson stressed that “the ultimate responsibility and decision for using or adopting the regulatory decisions taken by a WLA resides with the users (e.g., other regulatory authorities, procurement agencies) and will depend on the specific context and scope of its intended use.” Image Credits: Unsplash. Health Sector is ‘Ill-Prepared’ to Protect People Against Heat and Other Extreme Weather Events 03/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan People’s exposure to heat is increasing in Ethiopia due to climate change, which is also causing water shortage. Heat is the deadliest of extreme weather events, and heat-related mortality could be 30 times higher than previously thought, killing 500,000 people annually between 2000 and 2019. Yet only half the world’s governments have heat warning services, less than a quarter (23%) of health ministries use meteorological information to monitor climate-sensitive health risks, and only 26 countries have climate-informed, heat-health early warning systems. These are some of the key findings of the 2023 State of Climate Services Report, prepared by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and partners, which was released on Thursday. In assessing progress made in climate services for health globally, the report finds the health sector “ill-prepared to safeguard society”. Addressing the report’s launch, WMO Secretary-General Prof Petteri Taalas said that, by the latter part of this century, “we are going to face very severe combined heat and humidity stress cases, especially at low latitudes”. Prof Petteri Taalas, WMO Secretary General Taalas added that, typically, during heatwaves, air quality was also poor: “When we had the 2003 heatwave Europe, there were 75,000 casualties and a large part of the deaths were related to poor air quality as we had a fairly high concentration of surface ozone. “During these kinds of events, especially in urban areas, we also have challenges with ultrafine particles. That was the case in 2010, when Russia was facing a heat wave and 50,000 people died. There was also fairly poor air quality due to forest fires and peat fires, and we faced a similar situation in Canada this year,” said Taalas. “And we know from the most recent IPCC [Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change] report that practically the whole world has been experiencing an increase of heat waves. About half of the planet has been facing increased flooding events and a third has faced drought,” he added. Climate impacts on health World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanon Ghebreyesus said the report “highlights the need for tailored climate information to support the health sector on a wide range of functions from heat health warning systems to mapping the risk of infectious diseases”. “It also calls for more to be done to prepare the health community for future shocks and pressures due to climate variability. Going forward, we must work together to make high-quality climate services available to all communities and support the health and well-being of people facing the impacts of climate change,” added Tedros. Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Environment, Climate Change and Health, said that the data generated by the WMO and partners was key in assisting the health sector. “If we use this very powerful data, and we put it at the services of the health care system, we can be better prepared to respond and prevent events from heat waves to other extreme weather events to drought, to potential outbreaks of infectious diseases,” said Neira. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, Lead of the WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health Office at WMO, summarising some of the report’s key findings. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health office lead, detailed the “wide and varied” impact of climate on health, from the spread of infectious diseases such as dengue and malaria to impacts on food systems and air quality. But she said one positive is that health has become a policy priority within the national climate policies in almost all countries and there is a “huge opportunity” to bring together climate adaptation and climate science to “help inform the decisions and policymakers to prepare communities that are vulnerable to climate change worldwide to adapt to the health risks”. As usual, lack of finances is a problem. Currently, just 0.2% of total bilateral and multilateral adaptation finance supports health-focused projects. Fiji is vulnerable to sea levels rising and floods, exacerbating waterborne and vector-borne diseases. The report includes case studies of successful partnerships between health and meteorological services. In Fiji, for example, the Ministry of Health and the meteorological services have data-sharing agreements to track waterborne and vector-borne diseases as the country battles with sea level rise and extreme weather events. Argentina’s public institutions have been working with their research community to develop evidence-based public warnings for extreme heat for specific locations and populations. “In the first year of the launch of this heat-health early warning system, Argentina has launched 987 alerts across the country that have helped their public services and their communities to better prepare for the heat season,” said Shumake-Guillemot. Meanwhile, in Europe an estimated 40 million people suffer from seasonal allergies and the region’s AutoPollen project predicts, detects and reports pollen concentrations in real time to doctors, patients and allergy patient associations via an online system and mobile app. Way forward to COP28 and beyond “Despite examples of success, data shows that the health sector is under-utilizing available climate knowledge and tools. At the same time, climate services need to be further enhanced to fully satisfy the health sector requirements,” the report notes. Meanwhile, Neira told the launch that health is firmly on the agenda of the next global climate meeting, COP28. “There will be a special ministerial high-level roundtable and the first-ever health day at COP28,” said Neira. “This is not only to raise the voice of the health community to explain how bad [climate change] is impacting our health, but to ask for more action and to demonstrate that the health community is now very much into the political agenda and in pushing for the reduction of emissions and adaptation,” she added. Wellcome Trust’s Madeleine Thomson, head of impacts and adaptation, predicts “a tsunami of demand coming to the climate community for climate information relevant to health”. “At the moment, we do not have a well-developed health community that is capacitated to ask the right questions, seek the right partnerships, and engage effectively,” said Thomson, but added that a lot more could be done to bring the health and climate communities together. Image Credits: Oxfam East Africa. WHO Repeats Call for Humanitarian Pause in Gaza-Israel Conflict as Injured Palestinians Arrive in Egypt for Treatment 02/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza Palestinian arrives in Egypt via the Rafah border, opened for the first time to the exit of critically wounded and ill since the start of the Israeli-Hamas conflict. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus repeated calls for a “humanitarian pause” in the fierce fighting between Israel and Hamas-controlled Gaza to allow for the resupply of Palestinian hospitals in Gaza, and treatment of injured and ill, saying “we are running out of words to describe the horror.” Speaking at a press briefing Thursday, Tedros welcomed Egypt’s agreement Tuesday to open two northern Sinai’s hospitals to critically ill or injured Palestinians, but noted that so far only 46 people have so far managed to cross over for treatment. Three field hospitals to be set up in Gaza are also in the planning now to handle the humanitarian emergency. But implementation would depend on safe passage arrangements. And such facilities cannot replace regular services, Tedros stressed, noting that 14 out of 36 hospitals in the Gaza Strip are not functioning right now. Meanwhile, while the world’s attention is focused on Gaza and Israel, Sudan’s health system is also cracking under the strain of more than 7 million internally displaced people – one of the largest in the world, said WHO’s director general in his remarks. “The already fragile health system is buckling under the load of injuries, outbreaks, malnutrition and untreated cases of diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular, kidney and respiratory disease,” Tedros said. “In addition to measles, rubella, malaria and dengue, outbreaks of cholera have been declared in three states.” Horror still unfolding WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at 2 November press briefing. “Since Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel, on 7 October, more than 10,000 people have been killed. including more than 8500 in Gaza, and 1400 in Israel,” Tedros said. “In both Israel and Gaza, Some 70% of those killed are women and children. More than 21,000 people are injured and more than 1.4 million people in Gaza have been displaced. Despite the rising calls for a “humanitarian pause” including from US President Joe Biden, the conflict showed no signs of letting up yet. Israeli ground troops appeared to be tightening their grip around Hamas strongholds in Gaza City, in the north of the enclave, backed by aerial bombardment. Hamas missile attacks on Israeli cities continued for the 27th day, while in Lebanon, Hizbullah and Hamas stepped up pressure on Israel’s northern front, firing dozens of rockets into Israeli communities Thursday evening with a fiery direct hit in one city, Kiryat Shmona. “Everywhere…. death, destruction, loss. So far, WHO has verified 277 attacks on health care, including 218 in the occupied Palestinian territory, and 19 in Israel,” Tedros remarked. “The situation on the ground in Gaza is indescribable. Hospitals crammed with the injured lying in corridors…. Doctors performing surgery without anesthesia. Thousands of people seeking shelter from the bombardment. Families crammed into overcrowded rooms desperate for food and water. Toilets overflowing and the risk of disease outbreak spreading and everywhere. Flames and smoke billow during Israeli strikes in Gaza, which have caused an unprecedented level of destruction since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “At the very least, we need a humanitarian pause in the fighting and ideally a ceasefire. We need unfettered access and safe passage agreed by both parties to ensure the security of access routes,”’” the WHO Director General warned. “Let me be clear, there can be no justification for Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel,” he said referring to the 7 October surprise rampage by Hamas gunmen into 22 Israeli communities near Gaza that left over 1300 Israelis shot, burned or bludgeoned to death, while 242 men, women and children were taken hostage. “I understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Israeli people. I also understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Palestinian people,” Tedros said. “WHO continues to call on Hamas to release the hostages, many of whom need urgent medical attention,” he added. “We continue to call on Israel to restore supplies of electricity, water and fuel. We continue to call on both sides to abide by their obligations under international humanitarian law. And we call on who[ever] can, to de-escalate this conflict rather than inflame it.” WHO supplies delivered – but not reaching all parts of the enclave WHO health supplies delivered to Al Nasser Medical complex in the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis on 23 October, after a humanitarian corridor from Egypt opened up. Resupply to hospitals in northern Gaza has become virtually impossible since Israeli ground troops entered Gaza, WHO says. So far, WHO has been able to deliver some 54 metric tons of medical supplies to Gaza since an emergency corridor opened from Egypt, at the Rafah crossing, said Tedros. But he described this as a “drip feed” of aid in comparison to the scale required. “Before the seventh of October, an average of 500 tracks a day were crossing in together with essential supplies. Since the seventh of October, only 217 tracks have entered in total. To sustain the humanitarian response on the scale needed, we need hundreds of trucks to enter Gaza every day.” And with fierce fighting underway in northern Gaza between Israel and Hamas for the past several days, resupply of many health facilities has been impossible, said Mike Ryan, WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies. “Getting trucks over the border is one thing, getting them to the places in which they’re needed is another and that has not been facilitated that has not been supported, in fact, if anything quite the opposite,” he said. Over the coming months, WHO is developing a plan to set up three field hospitals in Gaza, including one in the northern part of the enclave and two in the south, said Dr Richard Peeperkorn, WHO’s Jerusalem-based representative for the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Dr Richard Peeperkorn, Jerusalem-based WHO representative to the Occupied Palestinian Territories. The field hospitals would be part of a $50 million operational plan, also including recruitment of specialized emergency medical teams from abroad (EMTs). Even so, “the focus is first and foremost, on supporting existing health facilities, strengthening and maintaining services and instituting a trauma pathway,” Peeperkorn underlined. “We are now in an ultra-emergency phase. But in this humanitarian response, we have to focus on supporting, making sure that the existing health systems will be able to deliver. “It would be really a bit delusional if you think that when a few EMTs from outside, or setting up a few hospitals, that we can supply appropriate or even a minimum level of health services for 2.2 million Gazans. “To have, of course, this plan – to make sure it’s operational, we need, ideally, a humanitarian ceasefire. But we definitely need humanitarian corridors and then a sustained access to the needed supplies.” Presence of Hamas centers under hospitals – irrelevant to obligation to protect them Al Shifa Hospital – 15 October. Emergency Medical Teams (EMTs) deployed in a tent outside the hospital, the largest in Gaza, to handle the surge of patients. As for Israel’s assertions that Hamas has sited key military command and control centers as well as supplies, underneath some of Gaza’s major hospitals, particularly Al Shifa and Al Quds in the northern part of the enclave, Ryan said that this didn’t absolve Israel from the responsibility to shield the facilities from attack. Israel has told the hospitals that they need to evacuate patients and staff to the south, in order to stay clear of the conflict. “The reality on the ground at Al Shifa and other hospitals is that we have thousands of health workers, thousands of patients, and probably hundreds of thousands of civilians sheltering at these multiple facilities particularly, and all over but in the north now,” Ryan said. “The rules are clear on this. Health care must be protected. “We know what’s going on above the ground. We deal with the doctors, the nurses and the administrators of the hospitals, and they’re crammed full of patients, ongoing operations, intensive care, and much much else. “We have no information on what may be happening elsewhere, or underneath these facilities. That’s not information we would have or could verify.” Mike Ryan, WHO Health Emergencies ED: Use of hospitals for military purposes is illegal, but WHO has no independent verification of the reports. While Ryan acknowledged that any “misuse of facilities for military purposes is equally outlawed under international law… we have no independent verification whatsoever of any of the information. “And in this situation where such an eventuality occurs, again, it is the responsibility of the occupying power to, not only agree with the local health authorities on an evacuation, but then if that does happen, that has to be fully facilitated, fully supported logistically, and those patients those doctors need to have a place of safety where the patients can receive an adequate and similar amount of care. None of those, none of those criteria are met.” Mental health trauma on both sides Burnt-out remains of a home at Israel’s Kibbutz Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border where 52 of the community’s 400 members were killed by Hamas on 7 October, and another 20 are missing or held captive. Israelis as well as Palestinians are suffering the snowballing mental health effects of the ongoing revelations around the Hamas massacre on 7 October and ensuing war, said Peeperkorn as well as WHO’s representative in Israel, Dr. Michel Thieren. In Gaza, there is the lack of day -to-day access to basic necessities, as well as the constant risk of death from aerial bombardments, Peeperkorn observed. While UN staff are often considered “a bit more privileged than the other Gazans… in many of my staff, they are completely desperate, utterly, utterly desperate, and utterly depressed, and no vision about life anymore. And this is a group that a lot of people would call privileged, so think about the rest of Gazans. On the Israeli side, still-unfolding evidence of the rape, mutilation, or burning of many civilian victims of the 7 October Hamas incursion, has become seared in the collective Isareli consciousness. Along with that, are the concerns about the fate of the 242 hostages reportedly held by Hamas, including about 50 infants, children and older people, as well as women and men. “It’s a whole shadow of trauma that is spreading across the country, the survivors, the families of hostages, the witnesses of atrocities,” said Thieren, who has been quoted saying that in Israel’s Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border, he saw scenes “that I never saw in Syria, Iraq, Sudan or anywhere else.” “The displaced populations, the hosting communities of those displaced people and survivors. I would even say, the decision makers, the whole country is plunged into a night of trauma, and the trauma spreads like a virus.” He noted that WHO’s European Regional Director Hans Kluge had just visited Israel to see the site of the 7 October mass killings first-hand, and discuss strengthened collaborations on mental health and rehabilitation. Image Credits: WHO/EMRO, Health Policy Watch. Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
From Amputations to PTSD: The Devastating Burden of Snakebites on Communities Worldwide 04/11/2023 Maayan Hoffman Snakebite is a complex and neglected issue that requires a multifactorial strategy, including conservation, community engagement, scientific research and robust healthcare delivery, according to experts who recently participated in a Global Health Matters podcast. In the most recent episode of Global Health Matters, host Garry Aslanyan speaks with Fan Hui Wen and Thea Litschka-Koen, snakebite gurus in Brazil and Eswatini, who reveal untold truths about snake bites in their communities and the complexities associated with producing and administering antivenom. He also talks with Diogo Martins, the research lead for snakebite at Wellcome in the United Kingdom. How big is the snakebite challenge? The World Health Organization estimates that 5.4 million people are bitten by snakes every year, and nearly 140,000 people die. “The burden is quite big,” Martins says, explaining that of the 5 million people who are bitten each year, 2 to 2.5 million are venomous bites. “We’re talking about 100,000 deaths every year, and this is most likely an underestimation. And four times more of that will live for the rest of their lives with, unfortunately, amputations PTSD and that’s a huge burden. “And we’ve done a little bit of desk research about how that compares with many other popular global health issues, and it’s actually quite a substantial amount of years lived with disability, and it’s quite expressive that people just do not know much about it because it feels a little bit remote to many of us, unfortunately,” Martins says. How can we treat snakebites? While antivenom is the best treatment for a venomous snakebite, many complexities are associated with producing and administering antivenom, the experts explain. In addition, according to Litschka-Koen, a lot of clinicians have no faith in antivenom, in part because of the ineffectiveness of the antivenoms that are currently on the market. “There is no regulation regarding the effectiveness of the antivenom,” Litschka-Koen, founder and chairperson of the Eswatini Antivenom Foundation, says. “To produce antivenom is not difficult. To go through the pre-clinical trials it is incredibly costly. “I had no idea how difficult and costly and cumbersome it was actually to produce this product. If it does happen, it needs to be very well regulated,” she continues. “It needs to go through the processes, and it needs to be monitored. Otherwise, we’re going to go back 10 years, and we’re going to be in the situation again where the doctors say, what’s the point of using antivenom? It doesn’t work.” She says that countries can and should start producing their antivenom. However, if they do not, then good antivenoms need to be made accessible. Currently, many antivenoms carry a high price tag, making them out of reach for many people living in low- or middle-income societies. “It’s inconceivable that … you can have patients having patients having to pay $100 in many geographies to solve one episode of a snakebite,” Martins notes. “We cannot have individuals that earn $1.50 a day and have the unfortunate circumstance of crossing paths with a venomous snake, and suddenly all of their savings are gone, not to even mention other impacts socially and economically.” Listen to more episodes of Global Health Matters here. Image Credits: TDR/Global Health Matters. Severe Air Pollution Takes Delhi by Surprise 03/11/2023 Chetan Bhattacharji Same place two months apart. Above: AQI 78, 8th of September, 2023, below: AQI 479, 3rd November, 2023 Within hours, the Delhi government closed schools and announced traffic and construction curbs, but experts are questioning whether the government is tackling the right causes. Meanwhile, a database reporting the contribution of pollution from farm fires has been discontinued by the national government. The air quality forecast remains bleak. Delhi’s air pollution suddenly got a whole lot worse on the 2nd of November, hitting the government’s own defined ‘severe’ levels of 379.2 micrograms/m3 of PM2.5 for the 24-hour period. Despite rising levels of awareness and preparedness for air pollution emergencies, the deterioration in air quality was not anticipated by the Air Quality Early Warning System run by the Central government. In light of the rising pollution levels, all govt and private primary schools in Delhi will remain closed for the next 2 days — Arvind Kejriwal (@ArvindKejriwal) November 2, 2023 Unlike in years past, officials both at the national and Delhi state level were quick to respond – reflecting the growing awareness of air pollution’s health harms over the past few years. Within hours, Delhi’s Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal closed primary schools, and the national government launched an 8-point plan to curb pollution emissions, including a system of ‘differential’ fares for public transit to encourage off-peak bus travel. But despite the measures the latest forecast shows the next few days may continue to see severe air pollution or at best ‘very poor.’ This translates into pollution levels that are roughly eight times the WHO 24-hour average guideline standard for PM2.5 levels, widely regarded as the best indicator of health-harmful pollutants. And the immediate outlook remains bleak. ‘Severe or Very Poor’ air quality is forecast for six days starting on the 3rd of November. Stubble burning may, or may not, be the leading factor Delhi’s haze of 2nd November, 2023: The barely visible building is about 700 metres away, when the hourly PM 2.5 level in this location was a little over 450 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3). The WHO’s safe limit for a day is 15 µg/m3. While many have cited the stubble burning by farmers in rural states north of Delhi, as a key driver for seasonally high levels of pollution in the late fall and early winter, local sources may also be playing a larger role in the leading factor in the current emergency, experts said. The fact is that this year, the number of stubble fires burning in Punjab, the state that produces the lion’s share, had declined by about half their seasonal rate, as of the 1st of November. In their quest for sources, some experts were now pointing squarely at Delhi and surrounding cities – where cooking from biomass, traffic and industrial emissions may now be the leading factors. Additionally, there are the classic weather conditions faced by Delhi at this time of year, when falling temperatures, low wind speeds and a lack of rainfall all trap pollutants closer to the ground. Confounding the issues, one leading government data source on air pollution sources, maintained by the System of Air Quality and Weather Forecasting and Research (SAFAR), has been discontinued, making it more difficult to attribute the sources of pollution at all. Living in a Haze How bad is #Delhi #AirPollution today?!Kid’s school cancelled outing tmrw. PM 2.5 at this spot is > 400 micrograms, safe limit is 5. L pic: taken from < 200 m awayR: taken some weeks ago, from > km away Many complaints of headache, scratchy throats, sniffles pic.twitter.com/vjNq0JMEQI — Chetan Bhattacharji (@CBhattacharji) November 2, 2023 On Thursday, the usual morning haze lingered on and appeared to get worse as the day wore on. Visibility fell, and many people complained of sore throats, running noses and fever. Social media was buzzing with pictures and complaints demanding to know how this is allowed to happen year after year. Preliminary data shows that levels of PM 2.5, fine particulates that are the most common indicator for health risks, shot up beyond 250 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3) on average across India’s capital around 2-3 p.m. Thursday afternoon. That’s 17 times greater than WHO’s 24-hour standard of just 15 (µg/m3) . The mid-afternoon spike was also unusual. As it’s the hottest part of the day, pollutants tend to rise with the heat thereby reducing ground-level pollution. The pollution emergency was not forecast although satellites and at least one supercomputer are now being used in India to track air quality. Eight-point graded response plan announced GRAP stage III restrictions kick in . Any vehicle which is BS III petrol and BS IV diesel not allowed to ply . Fine of 20,000 for any transgression. — Ashish Kundra (@ashishkundra) November 2, 2023 The main body in charge of controlling pollution in and around Delhi, the Commission for Air Quality Management (CAQM) blamed meteorological and climate conditions as “highly unfavourable.” The air quality index (AQI) was only expected to worsen in the coming days, it also warned. As the AQI hit ‘severe’ it triggered multiple responses. Government officials gave the go-ahead for an 8-point action plan – under a programme called Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP). Topping the list is more vacuuming and mechanised sweeping of roads and sprinkling water to suppress dust. The government also introduced differential rates on Delhi’s public transport system to encourage off-peak travel to reduce traffic congestion. Bus frequency has also been increased and special shuttles are being started for central government employees, a senior official of the Government of Delhi, Mr Ashish Kundra told Health Policy Watch. The Committee also announced a ban on all construction and demolition projects except for essential hospitals, defence, metro and other infrastructure. They announced restrictions on the movement of older vehicles that fail to meet the latest pollution standards within Delhi and four bordering cities (Gurgugram, Faridabad, Ghaziabad and Gautam Budh Nagar a.k.a. Noida.) Officials Divided: To Walk Or Not To Walk The Indian cricket captain has very rightly raised serious concerns on the worsening air pollution situation in India, which has now extended far beyond North India. — A study by Indian scientists(not global) over a period of 7 years in Delhi and Chennai confirms increased risk… — Jairam Ramesh (@Jairam_Ramesh) November 2, 2023 But there appear to be cracks in the air pollution control system. It goes beyond the well-publicised discussion around a basic shortage of staff. In the first 24 hours of the crisis, there’s been contradictory health advice to residents from two top agencies. Notably, the CAQM, controlled by the Central government, says those in Delhi and its neighbourhood should “walk or use cycles for short distances.” SAFAR, also controlled by the Central government (they have the said supercomputer), says “everyone” should avoid all physical activity outdoors and “give a miss to walk today.” Scientists have documented how even short-term exposure to hazardous levels of PM 2.5 are linked to premature mortality, increased emergency room visits and hospital admissions for acute and chronic cardiovascular and respiratory conditions. As a result they have generally recommended restricting outdoor physical activity on high-pollution days. Focusing on the wrong pollutants? That's #Gurgaon #Gurugram today . The Singapore of #Haryana is becoming flag bearer of #pollution and there is no solution in sight That's is how we spend winter and festivals every year by choking.#AirPollution #DelhiAirPollution #DelhiAirQuality pic.twitter.com/cLn5bv8u8x — Sumedha Sharma (@sumedhasharma86) November 2, 2023 A look at the curbs announced by the CAQM also shows that there is an emphasis on controlling construction and road dust. However, the contribution of these sources to Delhi’s current air pollution problem is very marginal, according to daily source attribution data generated by the Ministry of Earth Sciences. Known as the Decision Support System for Air Quality Management in Delhi (DSS). This is the one India-based reference point remaining for unraveling air pollution sources following the discontinuation of the SAFAR database. For 2 November, the DSS showed Delhi’s construction as contributing 2% of ambient air pollution, while road dust and waste burning contributed just 1% each. In contrast, the largest proportion of pollution currently was from biomass burning – 25% according to the DSS database. This latter presumably includes the thousands of crop stubble farm fires burning up north in the states of Punjab and Haryana – but it also could include local household sources of heating and cooking. Delhi-area transport accounted for about 14%. Meanwhile, another 30% of emissions are transported into the city from 19 nearby towns. Another 16% of emissions originate from areas beyond the Delhi region – although there is no further detail on the types of sources here, as well. Notably, more precise data on the source apportionment of farm fires used to be provided by the SAFAR database, operated by the Centre’s Ministry of Earth Science, until only a year ago and cancelled for reasons that no one has managed to explain. Given a dearth of information about sources, then, major questions remain about how effective are the measures being taken in Delhi in the current air pollution crisis. Farm Fires vs Delhi’s Own Pollution Satellite data shows that the number of farm fires in the north Indian state of Punjab has sharply declined compared to a year ago, but have begun to rise now. Source: CEEW. Many farmers burn the residual stubble from the paddy harvest in order to sow the next crop, largely wheat, by mid-November. It’s the most economical way specially for marginal farmers to do so given how expensive manual labour or machines are. The governing party of Punjab, Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) is also in power in Delhi. It had promised to reduce the number of farm fires by half this year; last year there were almost 50,000. The data so far shows that that seems to be on track. The fire count till the 1st of November, i.e. a day before the air quality turned ‘severe’, was under 9,000 compared to over 17,000 a year ago at the same time. However, the fires are rising daily. The four-day average till 1st November was 2,200 compared to under 900 a week earlier. The number of fires is expected to rise till mid-November when the wheat must be sowed. The smoke appears to be smothering Delhi. While the DSS data showed it was contributing a quarter of the pollution, the EU space programme posted that a “thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires in the northwestern states) is engulfing” the capital. #ImageOfTheDay#India 🇮🇳 has been facing poor #AirQuality over the past few days ⬇️A thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires 🔥 in the northwestern states) is engulfing the skies over #NewDelhi, as visible in the #Sentinel3 🇪🇺🛰️ image of 31 October pic.twitter.com/r2QfFiOKGt — Copernicus EU (@CopernicusEU) November 2, 2023 Additionally, the CAQM stated that there was a sudden increase in the number of farm fires, combined with unfavourable meteorological conditions (low wind speed) moving pollution to Delhi. However, some experts point out that the lower number of farm fires underscores a greater truth. “The contribution from fires or any sources will continue to remain debated as there is not a clear consensus on the emissions inventory being used to develop these models” for source attribution. “Despite lower levels of burning in the same period this year (vis-à-vis) last year, we see that the AQ is as bad, if not worse than last year, and this points to the other sources that exist within the NCR that need better coordination to address. “In two weeks’ time, we will have to shift focus to those more persistent sources that pollute our air throughout the year. The role of meteorology must be discounted at all times- what we cannot control, we cannot obsess over and blame. We can only bring down our emissions,” says Karthik Ganesan, Fellow, Council on Energy, Environment and Water (CEEW.) Swiss, Singapore and Korean Regulatory Agencies Become First to Receive New WHO Listing 03/11/2023 Disha Shetty Drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) and can be used as a point of reference for the approval of new drugs and vaccines. The drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) that can be used as a point of reference for other countries’ deliberations on approval of new drugs and vaccines. The WHO’s recently established WLA framework is intended to create an evidenced-based pathway for regulatory authorities operating at an advanced level of performance to be globally recognized. The overall aim is to provide a point of reference for other national authorities in their consideration of new drugs for approval. This can help promote faster and more robust regulatory reviews in other countries of new, and potentially significant medical products that some national authorities may not have the resources to evaluate thoroughly on their own. Traditionally, WHO as well as many low-and middle-income countries looked to the regulatory decisions of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) or the European Medicines Agency (EMA) for guidance in their own national approval of new drugs and medicines. However, the reference to the US FDA and EMA has always been informal and relatively ad-hoc. WLA label creates a more systematic pathway for international recognition The newly created WLA label aims to correct this by creating a more systematic pathway to international recognition for a national regulatory agency. That should signal to other countries that the agency meets WHO and other internationally recognized regulatory standards and practices. A technical advisory group on WHO-Listed Authorities (TAG-WLA), which met for the first time in September at WHO headquarters in Geneva, made the designations based on a set of criteria established for the WLA framework. The group’s key task is to provide independent, strategic, and technical advice to the WHO as it decides who to add to the WLA. The group has 14 members from the six WHO regions with a broad range of expertise. Asked by Health Policy Watch why the FDA and EMA hadn’t been granted certification yet, a WHO spokesperson said, “several stringent regulatory authorities (SRA) already initiated discussions with WHO on the process towards WLA.” But the spokesperson added, “The decision to apply for evaluation and listing as a WLA is voluntary, and no selection is conducted by WHO; rather, it is initiated by or on behalf of the regulatory authority (RA) if satisfies one of the criteria.” They are: The RA is on the list of transitional WLAs (tWLA). The RA has attained at least overall Maturity Level (ML) 3 as determined through a formal benchmarking against the WHO Global Benchmarking Tool (GBT). “Once eligibility is confirmed, the RA must undergo a performance evaluation process,” the spokesperson added, noting that the process is further described in a new Operational Guidance. WLA designation applies to medicines, not medical devices The WLA framework is currently only applicable to medicines [including multisource (generics), and new medicines (new chemical entities) and/or biotherapeutics and/or similar biotherapeutic products], and vaccines. Medical devices, including in vitro diagnostics, as well as blood and blood derivatives are not in the scope of the WLA, WHO said. The newly WHO-certified authorities include the Health Sciences Authority (HSA), Singapore; the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS), Republic of Korea; and the Swiss Agency for Therapeutic Products (Swissmedic), Switzerland. The listing indicated that the regulatory authority has complied with all the indicators and requirements specified by WHO. “This achievement is the result of investment by the Governments of the Republic of Korea, Singapore and Switzerland in the strengthening of their regulatory systems and reaffirms the collaboration between WHO and the three Governments in promoting confidence, trust and further reliance on authorities that have attained this global recognition, through the transparent and evidence-based pathway for designating and listing of WLAs,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, assistant director-general for Access to Medicines and Health Products. Although the WLA designation will provide a pathway for other countries in deliberating regulatory decisions, the WHO spokesperson stressed that “the ultimate responsibility and decision for using or adopting the regulatory decisions taken by a WLA resides with the users (e.g., other regulatory authorities, procurement agencies) and will depend on the specific context and scope of its intended use.” Image Credits: Unsplash. Health Sector is ‘Ill-Prepared’ to Protect People Against Heat and Other Extreme Weather Events 03/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan People’s exposure to heat is increasing in Ethiopia due to climate change, which is also causing water shortage. Heat is the deadliest of extreme weather events, and heat-related mortality could be 30 times higher than previously thought, killing 500,000 people annually between 2000 and 2019. Yet only half the world’s governments have heat warning services, less than a quarter (23%) of health ministries use meteorological information to monitor climate-sensitive health risks, and only 26 countries have climate-informed, heat-health early warning systems. These are some of the key findings of the 2023 State of Climate Services Report, prepared by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and partners, which was released on Thursday. In assessing progress made in climate services for health globally, the report finds the health sector “ill-prepared to safeguard society”. Addressing the report’s launch, WMO Secretary-General Prof Petteri Taalas said that, by the latter part of this century, “we are going to face very severe combined heat and humidity stress cases, especially at low latitudes”. Prof Petteri Taalas, WMO Secretary General Taalas added that, typically, during heatwaves, air quality was also poor: “When we had the 2003 heatwave Europe, there were 75,000 casualties and a large part of the deaths were related to poor air quality as we had a fairly high concentration of surface ozone. “During these kinds of events, especially in urban areas, we also have challenges with ultrafine particles. That was the case in 2010, when Russia was facing a heat wave and 50,000 people died. There was also fairly poor air quality due to forest fires and peat fires, and we faced a similar situation in Canada this year,” said Taalas. “And we know from the most recent IPCC [Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change] report that practically the whole world has been experiencing an increase of heat waves. About half of the planet has been facing increased flooding events and a third has faced drought,” he added. Climate impacts on health World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanon Ghebreyesus said the report “highlights the need for tailored climate information to support the health sector on a wide range of functions from heat health warning systems to mapping the risk of infectious diseases”. “It also calls for more to be done to prepare the health community for future shocks and pressures due to climate variability. Going forward, we must work together to make high-quality climate services available to all communities and support the health and well-being of people facing the impacts of climate change,” added Tedros. Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Environment, Climate Change and Health, said that the data generated by the WMO and partners was key in assisting the health sector. “If we use this very powerful data, and we put it at the services of the health care system, we can be better prepared to respond and prevent events from heat waves to other extreme weather events to drought, to potential outbreaks of infectious diseases,” said Neira. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, Lead of the WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health Office at WMO, summarising some of the report’s key findings. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health office lead, detailed the “wide and varied” impact of climate on health, from the spread of infectious diseases such as dengue and malaria to impacts on food systems and air quality. But she said one positive is that health has become a policy priority within the national climate policies in almost all countries and there is a “huge opportunity” to bring together climate adaptation and climate science to “help inform the decisions and policymakers to prepare communities that are vulnerable to climate change worldwide to adapt to the health risks”. As usual, lack of finances is a problem. Currently, just 0.2% of total bilateral and multilateral adaptation finance supports health-focused projects. Fiji is vulnerable to sea levels rising and floods, exacerbating waterborne and vector-borne diseases. The report includes case studies of successful partnerships between health and meteorological services. In Fiji, for example, the Ministry of Health and the meteorological services have data-sharing agreements to track waterborne and vector-borne diseases as the country battles with sea level rise and extreme weather events. Argentina’s public institutions have been working with their research community to develop evidence-based public warnings for extreme heat for specific locations and populations. “In the first year of the launch of this heat-health early warning system, Argentina has launched 987 alerts across the country that have helped their public services and their communities to better prepare for the heat season,” said Shumake-Guillemot. Meanwhile, in Europe an estimated 40 million people suffer from seasonal allergies and the region’s AutoPollen project predicts, detects and reports pollen concentrations in real time to doctors, patients and allergy patient associations via an online system and mobile app. Way forward to COP28 and beyond “Despite examples of success, data shows that the health sector is under-utilizing available climate knowledge and tools. At the same time, climate services need to be further enhanced to fully satisfy the health sector requirements,” the report notes. Meanwhile, Neira told the launch that health is firmly on the agenda of the next global climate meeting, COP28. “There will be a special ministerial high-level roundtable and the first-ever health day at COP28,” said Neira. “This is not only to raise the voice of the health community to explain how bad [climate change] is impacting our health, but to ask for more action and to demonstrate that the health community is now very much into the political agenda and in pushing for the reduction of emissions and adaptation,” she added. Wellcome Trust’s Madeleine Thomson, head of impacts and adaptation, predicts “a tsunami of demand coming to the climate community for climate information relevant to health”. “At the moment, we do not have a well-developed health community that is capacitated to ask the right questions, seek the right partnerships, and engage effectively,” said Thomson, but added that a lot more could be done to bring the health and climate communities together. Image Credits: Oxfam East Africa. WHO Repeats Call for Humanitarian Pause in Gaza-Israel Conflict as Injured Palestinians Arrive in Egypt for Treatment 02/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza Palestinian arrives in Egypt via the Rafah border, opened for the first time to the exit of critically wounded and ill since the start of the Israeli-Hamas conflict. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus repeated calls for a “humanitarian pause” in the fierce fighting between Israel and Hamas-controlled Gaza to allow for the resupply of Palestinian hospitals in Gaza, and treatment of injured and ill, saying “we are running out of words to describe the horror.” Speaking at a press briefing Thursday, Tedros welcomed Egypt’s agreement Tuesday to open two northern Sinai’s hospitals to critically ill or injured Palestinians, but noted that so far only 46 people have so far managed to cross over for treatment. Three field hospitals to be set up in Gaza are also in the planning now to handle the humanitarian emergency. But implementation would depend on safe passage arrangements. And such facilities cannot replace regular services, Tedros stressed, noting that 14 out of 36 hospitals in the Gaza Strip are not functioning right now. Meanwhile, while the world’s attention is focused on Gaza and Israel, Sudan’s health system is also cracking under the strain of more than 7 million internally displaced people – one of the largest in the world, said WHO’s director general in his remarks. “The already fragile health system is buckling under the load of injuries, outbreaks, malnutrition and untreated cases of diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular, kidney and respiratory disease,” Tedros said. “In addition to measles, rubella, malaria and dengue, outbreaks of cholera have been declared in three states.” Horror still unfolding WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at 2 November press briefing. “Since Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel, on 7 October, more than 10,000 people have been killed. including more than 8500 in Gaza, and 1400 in Israel,” Tedros said. “In both Israel and Gaza, Some 70% of those killed are women and children. More than 21,000 people are injured and more than 1.4 million people in Gaza have been displaced. Despite the rising calls for a “humanitarian pause” including from US President Joe Biden, the conflict showed no signs of letting up yet. Israeli ground troops appeared to be tightening their grip around Hamas strongholds in Gaza City, in the north of the enclave, backed by aerial bombardment. Hamas missile attacks on Israeli cities continued for the 27th day, while in Lebanon, Hizbullah and Hamas stepped up pressure on Israel’s northern front, firing dozens of rockets into Israeli communities Thursday evening with a fiery direct hit in one city, Kiryat Shmona. “Everywhere…. death, destruction, loss. So far, WHO has verified 277 attacks on health care, including 218 in the occupied Palestinian territory, and 19 in Israel,” Tedros remarked. “The situation on the ground in Gaza is indescribable. Hospitals crammed with the injured lying in corridors…. Doctors performing surgery without anesthesia. Thousands of people seeking shelter from the bombardment. Families crammed into overcrowded rooms desperate for food and water. Toilets overflowing and the risk of disease outbreak spreading and everywhere. Flames and smoke billow during Israeli strikes in Gaza, which have caused an unprecedented level of destruction since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “At the very least, we need a humanitarian pause in the fighting and ideally a ceasefire. We need unfettered access and safe passage agreed by both parties to ensure the security of access routes,”’” the WHO Director General warned. “Let me be clear, there can be no justification for Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel,” he said referring to the 7 October surprise rampage by Hamas gunmen into 22 Israeli communities near Gaza that left over 1300 Israelis shot, burned or bludgeoned to death, while 242 men, women and children were taken hostage. “I understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Israeli people. I also understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Palestinian people,” Tedros said. “WHO continues to call on Hamas to release the hostages, many of whom need urgent medical attention,” he added. “We continue to call on Israel to restore supplies of electricity, water and fuel. We continue to call on both sides to abide by their obligations under international humanitarian law. And we call on who[ever] can, to de-escalate this conflict rather than inflame it.” WHO supplies delivered – but not reaching all parts of the enclave WHO health supplies delivered to Al Nasser Medical complex in the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis on 23 October, after a humanitarian corridor from Egypt opened up. Resupply to hospitals in northern Gaza has become virtually impossible since Israeli ground troops entered Gaza, WHO says. So far, WHO has been able to deliver some 54 metric tons of medical supplies to Gaza since an emergency corridor opened from Egypt, at the Rafah crossing, said Tedros. But he described this as a “drip feed” of aid in comparison to the scale required. “Before the seventh of October, an average of 500 tracks a day were crossing in together with essential supplies. Since the seventh of October, only 217 tracks have entered in total. To sustain the humanitarian response on the scale needed, we need hundreds of trucks to enter Gaza every day.” And with fierce fighting underway in northern Gaza between Israel and Hamas for the past several days, resupply of many health facilities has been impossible, said Mike Ryan, WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies. “Getting trucks over the border is one thing, getting them to the places in which they’re needed is another and that has not been facilitated that has not been supported, in fact, if anything quite the opposite,” he said. Over the coming months, WHO is developing a plan to set up three field hospitals in Gaza, including one in the northern part of the enclave and two in the south, said Dr Richard Peeperkorn, WHO’s Jerusalem-based representative for the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Dr Richard Peeperkorn, Jerusalem-based WHO representative to the Occupied Palestinian Territories. The field hospitals would be part of a $50 million operational plan, also including recruitment of specialized emergency medical teams from abroad (EMTs). Even so, “the focus is first and foremost, on supporting existing health facilities, strengthening and maintaining services and instituting a trauma pathway,” Peeperkorn underlined. “We are now in an ultra-emergency phase. But in this humanitarian response, we have to focus on supporting, making sure that the existing health systems will be able to deliver. “It would be really a bit delusional if you think that when a few EMTs from outside, or setting up a few hospitals, that we can supply appropriate or even a minimum level of health services for 2.2 million Gazans. “To have, of course, this plan – to make sure it’s operational, we need, ideally, a humanitarian ceasefire. But we definitely need humanitarian corridors and then a sustained access to the needed supplies.” Presence of Hamas centers under hospitals – irrelevant to obligation to protect them Al Shifa Hospital – 15 October. Emergency Medical Teams (EMTs) deployed in a tent outside the hospital, the largest in Gaza, to handle the surge of patients. As for Israel’s assertions that Hamas has sited key military command and control centers as well as supplies, underneath some of Gaza’s major hospitals, particularly Al Shifa and Al Quds in the northern part of the enclave, Ryan said that this didn’t absolve Israel from the responsibility to shield the facilities from attack. Israel has told the hospitals that they need to evacuate patients and staff to the south, in order to stay clear of the conflict. “The reality on the ground at Al Shifa and other hospitals is that we have thousands of health workers, thousands of patients, and probably hundreds of thousands of civilians sheltering at these multiple facilities particularly, and all over but in the north now,” Ryan said. “The rules are clear on this. Health care must be protected. “We know what’s going on above the ground. We deal with the doctors, the nurses and the administrators of the hospitals, and they’re crammed full of patients, ongoing operations, intensive care, and much much else. “We have no information on what may be happening elsewhere, or underneath these facilities. That’s not information we would have or could verify.” Mike Ryan, WHO Health Emergencies ED: Use of hospitals for military purposes is illegal, but WHO has no independent verification of the reports. While Ryan acknowledged that any “misuse of facilities for military purposes is equally outlawed under international law… we have no independent verification whatsoever of any of the information. “And in this situation where such an eventuality occurs, again, it is the responsibility of the occupying power to, not only agree with the local health authorities on an evacuation, but then if that does happen, that has to be fully facilitated, fully supported logistically, and those patients those doctors need to have a place of safety where the patients can receive an adequate and similar amount of care. None of those, none of those criteria are met.” Mental health trauma on both sides Burnt-out remains of a home at Israel’s Kibbutz Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border where 52 of the community’s 400 members were killed by Hamas on 7 October, and another 20 are missing or held captive. Israelis as well as Palestinians are suffering the snowballing mental health effects of the ongoing revelations around the Hamas massacre on 7 October and ensuing war, said Peeperkorn as well as WHO’s representative in Israel, Dr. Michel Thieren. In Gaza, there is the lack of day -to-day access to basic necessities, as well as the constant risk of death from aerial bombardments, Peeperkorn observed. While UN staff are often considered “a bit more privileged than the other Gazans… in many of my staff, they are completely desperate, utterly, utterly desperate, and utterly depressed, and no vision about life anymore. And this is a group that a lot of people would call privileged, so think about the rest of Gazans. On the Israeli side, still-unfolding evidence of the rape, mutilation, or burning of many civilian victims of the 7 October Hamas incursion, has become seared in the collective Isareli consciousness. Along with that, are the concerns about the fate of the 242 hostages reportedly held by Hamas, including about 50 infants, children and older people, as well as women and men. “It’s a whole shadow of trauma that is spreading across the country, the survivors, the families of hostages, the witnesses of atrocities,” said Thieren, who has been quoted saying that in Israel’s Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border, he saw scenes “that I never saw in Syria, Iraq, Sudan or anywhere else.” “The displaced populations, the hosting communities of those displaced people and survivors. I would even say, the decision makers, the whole country is plunged into a night of trauma, and the trauma spreads like a virus.” He noted that WHO’s European Regional Director Hans Kluge had just visited Israel to see the site of the 7 October mass killings first-hand, and discuss strengthened collaborations on mental health and rehabilitation. Image Credits: WHO/EMRO, Health Policy Watch. Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Severe Air Pollution Takes Delhi by Surprise 03/11/2023 Chetan Bhattacharji Same place two months apart. Above: AQI 78, 8th of September, 2023, below: AQI 479, 3rd November, 2023 Within hours, the Delhi government closed schools and announced traffic and construction curbs, but experts are questioning whether the government is tackling the right causes. Meanwhile, a database reporting the contribution of pollution from farm fires has been discontinued by the national government. The air quality forecast remains bleak. Delhi’s air pollution suddenly got a whole lot worse on the 2nd of November, hitting the government’s own defined ‘severe’ levels of 379.2 micrograms/m3 of PM2.5 for the 24-hour period. Despite rising levels of awareness and preparedness for air pollution emergencies, the deterioration in air quality was not anticipated by the Air Quality Early Warning System run by the Central government. In light of the rising pollution levels, all govt and private primary schools in Delhi will remain closed for the next 2 days — Arvind Kejriwal (@ArvindKejriwal) November 2, 2023 Unlike in years past, officials both at the national and Delhi state level were quick to respond – reflecting the growing awareness of air pollution’s health harms over the past few years. Within hours, Delhi’s Chief Minister Arvind Kejriwal closed primary schools, and the national government launched an 8-point plan to curb pollution emissions, including a system of ‘differential’ fares for public transit to encourage off-peak bus travel. But despite the measures the latest forecast shows the next few days may continue to see severe air pollution or at best ‘very poor.’ This translates into pollution levels that are roughly eight times the WHO 24-hour average guideline standard for PM2.5 levels, widely regarded as the best indicator of health-harmful pollutants. And the immediate outlook remains bleak. ‘Severe or Very Poor’ air quality is forecast for six days starting on the 3rd of November. Stubble burning may, or may not, be the leading factor Delhi’s haze of 2nd November, 2023: The barely visible building is about 700 metres away, when the hourly PM 2.5 level in this location was a little over 450 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3). The WHO’s safe limit for a day is 15 µg/m3. While many have cited the stubble burning by farmers in rural states north of Delhi, as a key driver for seasonally high levels of pollution in the late fall and early winter, local sources may also be playing a larger role in the leading factor in the current emergency, experts said. The fact is that this year, the number of stubble fires burning in Punjab, the state that produces the lion’s share, had declined by about half their seasonal rate, as of the 1st of November. In their quest for sources, some experts were now pointing squarely at Delhi and surrounding cities – where cooking from biomass, traffic and industrial emissions may now be the leading factors. Additionally, there are the classic weather conditions faced by Delhi at this time of year, when falling temperatures, low wind speeds and a lack of rainfall all trap pollutants closer to the ground. Confounding the issues, one leading government data source on air pollution sources, maintained by the System of Air Quality and Weather Forecasting and Research (SAFAR), has been discontinued, making it more difficult to attribute the sources of pollution at all. Living in a Haze How bad is #Delhi #AirPollution today?!Kid’s school cancelled outing tmrw. PM 2.5 at this spot is > 400 micrograms, safe limit is 5. L pic: taken from < 200 m awayR: taken some weeks ago, from > km away Many complaints of headache, scratchy throats, sniffles pic.twitter.com/vjNq0JMEQI — Chetan Bhattacharji (@CBhattacharji) November 2, 2023 On Thursday, the usual morning haze lingered on and appeared to get worse as the day wore on. Visibility fell, and many people complained of sore throats, running noses and fever. Social media was buzzing with pictures and complaints demanding to know how this is allowed to happen year after year. Preliminary data shows that levels of PM 2.5, fine particulates that are the most common indicator for health risks, shot up beyond 250 micrograms/cubic metre (µg/m3) on average across India’s capital around 2-3 p.m. Thursday afternoon. That’s 17 times greater than WHO’s 24-hour standard of just 15 (µg/m3) . The mid-afternoon spike was also unusual. As it’s the hottest part of the day, pollutants tend to rise with the heat thereby reducing ground-level pollution. The pollution emergency was not forecast although satellites and at least one supercomputer are now being used in India to track air quality. Eight-point graded response plan announced GRAP stage III restrictions kick in . Any vehicle which is BS III petrol and BS IV diesel not allowed to ply . Fine of 20,000 for any transgression. — Ashish Kundra (@ashishkundra) November 2, 2023 The main body in charge of controlling pollution in and around Delhi, the Commission for Air Quality Management (CAQM) blamed meteorological and climate conditions as “highly unfavourable.” The air quality index (AQI) was only expected to worsen in the coming days, it also warned. As the AQI hit ‘severe’ it triggered multiple responses. Government officials gave the go-ahead for an 8-point action plan – under a programme called Graded Response Action Plan (GRAP). Topping the list is more vacuuming and mechanised sweeping of roads and sprinkling water to suppress dust. The government also introduced differential rates on Delhi’s public transport system to encourage off-peak travel to reduce traffic congestion. Bus frequency has also been increased and special shuttles are being started for central government employees, a senior official of the Government of Delhi, Mr Ashish Kundra told Health Policy Watch. The Committee also announced a ban on all construction and demolition projects except for essential hospitals, defence, metro and other infrastructure. They announced restrictions on the movement of older vehicles that fail to meet the latest pollution standards within Delhi and four bordering cities (Gurgugram, Faridabad, Ghaziabad and Gautam Budh Nagar a.k.a. Noida.) Officials Divided: To Walk Or Not To Walk The Indian cricket captain has very rightly raised serious concerns on the worsening air pollution situation in India, which has now extended far beyond North India. — A study by Indian scientists(not global) over a period of 7 years in Delhi and Chennai confirms increased risk… — Jairam Ramesh (@Jairam_Ramesh) November 2, 2023 But there appear to be cracks in the air pollution control system. It goes beyond the well-publicised discussion around a basic shortage of staff. In the first 24 hours of the crisis, there’s been contradictory health advice to residents from two top agencies. Notably, the CAQM, controlled by the Central government, says those in Delhi and its neighbourhood should “walk or use cycles for short distances.” SAFAR, also controlled by the Central government (they have the said supercomputer), says “everyone” should avoid all physical activity outdoors and “give a miss to walk today.” Scientists have documented how even short-term exposure to hazardous levels of PM 2.5 are linked to premature mortality, increased emergency room visits and hospital admissions for acute and chronic cardiovascular and respiratory conditions. As a result they have generally recommended restricting outdoor physical activity on high-pollution days. Focusing on the wrong pollutants? That's #Gurgaon #Gurugram today . The Singapore of #Haryana is becoming flag bearer of #pollution and there is no solution in sight That's is how we spend winter and festivals every year by choking.#AirPollution #DelhiAirPollution #DelhiAirQuality pic.twitter.com/cLn5bv8u8x — Sumedha Sharma (@sumedhasharma86) November 2, 2023 A look at the curbs announced by the CAQM also shows that there is an emphasis on controlling construction and road dust. However, the contribution of these sources to Delhi’s current air pollution problem is very marginal, according to daily source attribution data generated by the Ministry of Earth Sciences. Known as the Decision Support System for Air Quality Management in Delhi (DSS). This is the one India-based reference point remaining for unraveling air pollution sources following the discontinuation of the SAFAR database. For 2 November, the DSS showed Delhi’s construction as contributing 2% of ambient air pollution, while road dust and waste burning contributed just 1% each. In contrast, the largest proportion of pollution currently was from biomass burning – 25% according to the DSS database. This latter presumably includes the thousands of crop stubble farm fires burning up north in the states of Punjab and Haryana – but it also could include local household sources of heating and cooking. Delhi-area transport accounted for about 14%. Meanwhile, another 30% of emissions are transported into the city from 19 nearby towns. Another 16% of emissions originate from areas beyond the Delhi region – although there is no further detail on the types of sources here, as well. Notably, more precise data on the source apportionment of farm fires used to be provided by the SAFAR database, operated by the Centre’s Ministry of Earth Science, until only a year ago and cancelled for reasons that no one has managed to explain. Given a dearth of information about sources, then, major questions remain about how effective are the measures being taken in Delhi in the current air pollution crisis. Farm Fires vs Delhi’s Own Pollution Satellite data shows that the number of farm fires in the north Indian state of Punjab has sharply declined compared to a year ago, but have begun to rise now. Source: CEEW. Many farmers burn the residual stubble from the paddy harvest in order to sow the next crop, largely wheat, by mid-November. It’s the most economical way specially for marginal farmers to do so given how expensive manual labour or machines are. The governing party of Punjab, Aam Aadmi Party (AAP) is also in power in Delhi. It had promised to reduce the number of farm fires by half this year; last year there were almost 50,000. The data so far shows that that seems to be on track. The fire count till the 1st of November, i.e. a day before the air quality turned ‘severe’, was under 9,000 compared to over 17,000 a year ago at the same time. However, the fires are rising daily. The four-day average till 1st November was 2,200 compared to under 900 a week earlier. The number of fires is expected to rise till mid-November when the wheat must be sowed. The smoke appears to be smothering Delhi. While the DSS data showed it was contributing a quarter of the pollution, the EU space programme posted that a “thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires in the northwestern states) is engulfing” the capital. #ImageOfTheDay#India 🇮🇳 has been facing poor #AirQuality over the past few days ⬇️A thick smoke blanket (from the stubble fires 🔥 in the northwestern states) is engulfing the skies over #NewDelhi, as visible in the #Sentinel3 🇪🇺🛰️ image of 31 October pic.twitter.com/r2QfFiOKGt — Copernicus EU (@CopernicusEU) November 2, 2023 Additionally, the CAQM stated that there was a sudden increase in the number of farm fires, combined with unfavourable meteorological conditions (low wind speed) moving pollution to Delhi. However, some experts point out that the lower number of farm fires underscores a greater truth. “The contribution from fires or any sources will continue to remain debated as there is not a clear consensus on the emissions inventory being used to develop these models” for source attribution. “Despite lower levels of burning in the same period this year (vis-à-vis) last year, we see that the AQ is as bad, if not worse than last year, and this points to the other sources that exist within the NCR that need better coordination to address. “In two weeks’ time, we will have to shift focus to those more persistent sources that pollute our air throughout the year. The role of meteorology must be discounted at all times- what we cannot control, we cannot obsess over and blame. We can only bring down our emissions,” says Karthik Ganesan, Fellow, Council on Energy, Environment and Water (CEEW.) Swiss, Singapore and Korean Regulatory Agencies Become First to Receive New WHO Listing 03/11/2023 Disha Shetty Drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) and can be used as a point of reference for the approval of new drugs and vaccines. The drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) that can be used as a point of reference for other countries’ deliberations on approval of new drugs and vaccines. The WHO’s recently established WLA framework is intended to create an evidenced-based pathway for regulatory authorities operating at an advanced level of performance to be globally recognized. The overall aim is to provide a point of reference for other national authorities in their consideration of new drugs for approval. This can help promote faster and more robust regulatory reviews in other countries of new, and potentially significant medical products that some national authorities may not have the resources to evaluate thoroughly on their own. Traditionally, WHO as well as many low-and middle-income countries looked to the regulatory decisions of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) or the European Medicines Agency (EMA) for guidance in their own national approval of new drugs and medicines. However, the reference to the US FDA and EMA has always been informal and relatively ad-hoc. WLA label creates a more systematic pathway for international recognition The newly created WLA label aims to correct this by creating a more systematic pathway to international recognition for a national regulatory agency. That should signal to other countries that the agency meets WHO and other internationally recognized regulatory standards and practices. A technical advisory group on WHO-Listed Authorities (TAG-WLA), which met for the first time in September at WHO headquarters in Geneva, made the designations based on a set of criteria established for the WLA framework. The group’s key task is to provide independent, strategic, and technical advice to the WHO as it decides who to add to the WLA. The group has 14 members from the six WHO regions with a broad range of expertise. Asked by Health Policy Watch why the FDA and EMA hadn’t been granted certification yet, a WHO spokesperson said, “several stringent regulatory authorities (SRA) already initiated discussions with WHO on the process towards WLA.” But the spokesperson added, “The decision to apply for evaluation and listing as a WLA is voluntary, and no selection is conducted by WHO; rather, it is initiated by or on behalf of the regulatory authority (RA) if satisfies one of the criteria.” They are: The RA is on the list of transitional WLAs (tWLA). The RA has attained at least overall Maturity Level (ML) 3 as determined through a formal benchmarking against the WHO Global Benchmarking Tool (GBT). “Once eligibility is confirmed, the RA must undergo a performance evaluation process,” the spokesperson added, noting that the process is further described in a new Operational Guidance. WLA designation applies to medicines, not medical devices The WLA framework is currently only applicable to medicines [including multisource (generics), and new medicines (new chemical entities) and/or biotherapeutics and/or similar biotherapeutic products], and vaccines. Medical devices, including in vitro diagnostics, as well as blood and blood derivatives are not in the scope of the WLA, WHO said. The newly WHO-certified authorities include the Health Sciences Authority (HSA), Singapore; the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS), Republic of Korea; and the Swiss Agency for Therapeutic Products (Swissmedic), Switzerland. The listing indicated that the regulatory authority has complied with all the indicators and requirements specified by WHO. “This achievement is the result of investment by the Governments of the Republic of Korea, Singapore and Switzerland in the strengthening of their regulatory systems and reaffirms the collaboration between WHO and the three Governments in promoting confidence, trust and further reliance on authorities that have attained this global recognition, through the transparent and evidence-based pathway for designating and listing of WLAs,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, assistant director-general for Access to Medicines and Health Products. Although the WLA designation will provide a pathway for other countries in deliberating regulatory decisions, the WHO spokesperson stressed that “the ultimate responsibility and decision for using or adopting the regulatory decisions taken by a WLA resides with the users (e.g., other regulatory authorities, procurement agencies) and will depend on the specific context and scope of its intended use.” Image Credits: Unsplash. Health Sector is ‘Ill-Prepared’ to Protect People Against Heat and Other Extreme Weather Events 03/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan People’s exposure to heat is increasing in Ethiopia due to climate change, which is also causing water shortage. Heat is the deadliest of extreme weather events, and heat-related mortality could be 30 times higher than previously thought, killing 500,000 people annually between 2000 and 2019. Yet only half the world’s governments have heat warning services, less than a quarter (23%) of health ministries use meteorological information to monitor climate-sensitive health risks, and only 26 countries have climate-informed, heat-health early warning systems. These are some of the key findings of the 2023 State of Climate Services Report, prepared by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and partners, which was released on Thursday. In assessing progress made in climate services for health globally, the report finds the health sector “ill-prepared to safeguard society”. Addressing the report’s launch, WMO Secretary-General Prof Petteri Taalas said that, by the latter part of this century, “we are going to face very severe combined heat and humidity stress cases, especially at low latitudes”. Prof Petteri Taalas, WMO Secretary General Taalas added that, typically, during heatwaves, air quality was also poor: “When we had the 2003 heatwave Europe, there were 75,000 casualties and a large part of the deaths were related to poor air quality as we had a fairly high concentration of surface ozone. “During these kinds of events, especially in urban areas, we also have challenges with ultrafine particles. That was the case in 2010, when Russia was facing a heat wave and 50,000 people died. There was also fairly poor air quality due to forest fires and peat fires, and we faced a similar situation in Canada this year,” said Taalas. “And we know from the most recent IPCC [Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change] report that practically the whole world has been experiencing an increase of heat waves. About half of the planet has been facing increased flooding events and a third has faced drought,” he added. Climate impacts on health World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanon Ghebreyesus said the report “highlights the need for tailored climate information to support the health sector on a wide range of functions from heat health warning systems to mapping the risk of infectious diseases”. “It also calls for more to be done to prepare the health community for future shocks and pressures due to climate variability. Going forward, we must work together to make high-quality climate services available to all communities and support the health and well-being of people facing the impacts of climate change,” added Tedros. Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Environment, Climate Change and Health, said that the data generated by the WMO and partners was key in assisting the health sector. “If we use this very powerful data, and we put it at the services of the health care system, we can be better prepared to respond and prevent events from heat waves to other extreme weather events to drought, to potential outbreaks of infectious diseases,” said Neira. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, Lead of the WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health Office at WMO, summarising some of the report’s key findings. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health office lead, detailed the “wide and varied” impact of climate on health, from the spread of infectious diseases such as dengue and malaria to impacts on food systems and air quality. But she said one positive is that health has become a policy priority within the national climate policies in almost all countries and there is a “huge opportunity” to bring together climate adaptation and climate science to “help inform the decisions and policymakers to prepare communities that are vulnerable to climate change worldwide to adapt to the health risks”. As usual, lack of finances is a problem. Currently, just 0.2% of total bilateral and multilateral adaptation finance supports health-focused projects. Fiji is vulnerable to sea levels rising and floods, exacerbating waterborne and vector-borne diseases. The report includes case studies of successful partnerships between health and meteorological services. In Fiji, for example, the Ministry of Health and the meteorological services have data-sharing agreements to track waterborne and vector-borne diseases as the country battles with sea level rise and extreme weather events. Argentina’s public institutions have been working with their research community to develop evidence-based public warnings for extreme heat for specific locations and populations. “In the first year of the launch of this heat-health early warning system, Argentina has launched 987 alerts across the country that have helped their public services and their communities to better prepare for the heat season,” said Shumake-Guillemot. Meanwhile, in Europe an estimated 40 million people suffer from seasonal allergies and the region’s AutoPollen project predicts, detects and reports pollen concentrations in real time to doctors, patients and allergy patient associations via an online system and mobile app. Way forward to COP28 and beyond “Despite examples of success, data shows that the health sector is under-utilizing available climate knowledge and tools. At the same time, climate services need to be further enhanced to fully satisfy the health sector requirements,” the report notes. Meanwhile, Neira told the launch that health is firmly on the agenda of the next global climate meeting, COP28. “There will be a special ministerial high-level roundtable and the first-ever health day at COP28,” said Neira. “This is not only to raise the voice of the health community to explain how bad [climate change] is impacting our health, but to ask for more action and to demonstrate that the health community is now very much into the political agenda and in pushing for the reduction of emissions and adaptation,” she added. Wellcome Trust’s Madeleine Thomson, head of impacts and adaptation, predicts “a tsunami of demand coming to the climate community for climate information relevant to health”. “At the moment, we do not have a well-developed health community that is capacitated to ask the right questions, seek the right partnerships, and engage effectively,” said Thomson, but added that a lot more could be done to bring the health and climate communities together. Image Credits: Oxfam East Africa. WHO Repeats Call for Humanitarian Pause in Gaza-Israel Conflict as Injured Palestinians Arrive in Egypt for Treatment 02/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza Palestinian arrives in Egypt via the Rafah border, opened for the first time to the exit of critically wounded and ill since the start of the Israeli-Hamas conflict. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus repeated calls for a “humanitarian pause” in the fierce fighting between Israel and Hamas-controlled Gaza to allow for the resupply of Palestinian hospitals in Gaza, and treatment of injured and ill, saying “we are running out of words to describe the horror.” Speaking at a press briefing Thursday, Tedros welcomed Egypt’s agreement Tuesday to open two northern Sinai’s hospitals to critically ill or injured Palestinians, but noted that so far only 46 people have so far managed to cross over for treatment. Three field hospitals to be set up in Gaza are also in the planning now to handle the humanitarian emergency. But implementation would depend on safe passage arrangements. And such facilities cannot replace regular services, Tedros stressed, noting that 14 out of 36 hospitals in the Gaza Strip are not functioning right now. Meanwhile, while the world’s attention is focused on Gaza and Israel, Sudan’s health system is also cracking under the strain of more than 7 million internally displaced people – one of the largest in the world, said WHO’s director general in his remarks. “The already fragile health system is buckling under the load of injuries, outbreaks, malnutrition and untreated cases of diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular, kidney and respiratory disease,” Tedros said. “In addition to measles, rubella, malaria and dengue, outbreaks of cholera have been declared in three states.” Horror still unfolding WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at 2 November press briefing. “Since Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel, on 7 October, more than 10,000 people have been killed. including more than 8500 in Gaza, and 1400 in Israel,” Tedros said. “In both Israel and Gaza, Some 70% of those killed are women and children. More than 21,000 people are injured and more than 1.4 million people in Gaza have been displaced. Despite the rising calls for a “humanitarian pause” including from US President Joe Biden, the conflict showed no signs of letting up yet. Israeli ground troops appeared to be tightening their grip around Hamas strongholds in Gaza City, in the north of the enclave, backed by aerial bombardment. Hamas missile attacks on Israeli cities continued for the 27th day, while in Lebanon, Hizbullah and Hamas stepped up pressure on Israel’s northern front, firing dozens of rockets into Israeli communities Thursday evening with a fiery direct hit in one city, Kiryat Shmona. “Everywhere…. death, destruction, loss. So far, WHO has verified 277 attacks on health care, including 218 in the occupied Palestinian territory, and 19 in Israel,” Tedros remarked. “The situation on the ground in Gaza is indescribable. Hospitals crammed with the injured lying in corridors…. Doctors performing surgery without anesthesia. Thousands of people seeking shelter from the bombardment. Families crammed into overcrowded rooms desperate for food and water. Toilets overflowing and the risk of disease outbreak spreading and everywhere. Flames and smoke billow during Israeli strikes in Gaza, which have caused an unprecedented level of destruction since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “At the very least, we need a humanitarian pause in the fighting and ideally a ceasefire. We need unfettered access and safe passage agreed by both parties to ensure the security of access routes,”’” the WHO Director General warned. “Let me be clear, there can be no justification for Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel,” he said referring to the 7 October surprise rampage by Hamas gunmen into 22 Israeli communities near Gaza that left over 1300 Israelis shot, burned or bludgeoned to death, while 242 men, women and children were taken hostage. “I understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Israeli people. I also understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Palestinian people,” Tedros said. “WHO continues to call on Hamas to release the hostages, many of whom need urgent medical attention,” he added. “We continue to call on Israel to restore supplies of electricity, water and fuel. We continue to call on both sides to abide by their obligations under international humanitarian law. And we call on who[ever] can, to de-escalate this conflict rather than inflame it.” WHO supplies delivered – but not reaching all parts of the enclave WHO health supplies delivered to Al Nasser Medical complex in the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis on 23 October, after a humanitarian corridor from Egypt opened up. Resupply to hospitals in northern Gaza has become virtually impossible since Israeli ground troops entered Gaza, WHO says. So far, WHO has been able to deliver some 54 metric tons of medical supplies to Gaza since an emergency corridor opened from Egypt, at the Rafah crossing, said Tedros. But he described this as a “drip feed” of aid in comparison to the scale required. “Before the seventh of October, an average of 500 tracks a day were crossing in together with essential supplies. Since the seventh of October, only 217 tracks have entered in total. To sustain the humanitarian response on the scale needed, we need hundreds of trucks to enter Gaza every day.” And with fierce fighting underway in northern Gaza between Israel and Hamas for the past several days, resupply of many health facilities has been impossible, said Mike Ryan, WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies. “Getting trucks over the border is one thing, getting them to the places in which they’re needed is another and that has not been facilitated that has not been supported, in fact, if anything quite the opposite,” he said. Over the coming months, WHO is developing a plan to set up three field hospitals in Gaza, including one in the northern part of the enclave and two in the south, said Dr Richard Peeperkorn, WHO’s Jerusalem-based representative for the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Dr Richard Peeperkorn, Jerusalem-based WHO representative to the Occupied Palestinian Territories. The field hospitals would be part of a $50 million operational plan, also including recruitment of specialized emergency medical teams from abroad (EMTs). Even so, “the focus is first and foremost, on supporting existing health facilities, strengthening and maintaining services and instituting a trauma pathway,” Peeperkorn underlined. “We are now in an ultra-emergency phase. But in this humanitarian response, we have to focus on supporting, making sure that the existing health systems will be able to deliver. “It would be really a bit delusional if you think that when a few EMTs from outside, or setting up a few hospitals, that we can supply appropriate or even a minimum level of health services for 2.2 million Gazans. “To have, of course, this plan – to make sure it’s operational, we need, ideally, a humanitarian ceasefire. But we definitely need humanitarian corridors and then a sustained access to the needed supplies.” Presence of Hamas centers under hospitals – irrelevant to obligation to protect them Al Shifa Hospital – 15 October. Emergency Medical Teams (EMTs) deployed in a tent outside the hospital, the largest in Gaza, to handle the surge of patients. As for Israel’s assertions that Hamas has sited key military command and control centers as well as supplies, underneath some of Gaza’s major hospitals, particularly Al Shifa and Al Quds in the northern part of the enclave, Ryan said that this didn’t absolve Israel from the responsibility to shield the facilities from attack. Israel has told the hospitals that they need to evacuate patients and staff to the south, in order to stay clear of the conflict. “The reality on the ground at Al Shifa and other hospitals is that we have thousands of health workers, thousands of patients, and probably hundreds of thousands of civilians sheltering at these multiple facilities particularly, and all over but in the north now,” Ryan said. “The rules are clear on this. Health care must be protected. “We know what’s going on above the ground. We deal with the doctors, the nurses and the administrators of the hospitals, and they’re crammed full of patients, ongoing operations, intensive care, and much much else. “We have no information on what may be happening elsewhere, or underneath these facilities. That’s not information we would have or could verify.” Mike Ryan, WHO Health Emergencies ED: Use of hospitals for military purposes is illegal, but WHO has no independent verification of the reports. While Ryan acknowledged that any “misuse of facilities for military purposes is equally outlawed under international law… we have no independent verification whatsoever of any of the information. “And in this situation where such an eventuality occurs, again, it is the responsibility of the occupying power to, not only agree with the local health authorities on an evacuation, but then if that does happen, that has to be fully facilitated, fully supported logistically, and those patients those doctors need to have a place of safety where the patients can receive an adequate and similar amount of care. None of those, none of those criteria are met.” Mental health trauma on both sides Burnt-out remains of a home at Israel’s Kibbutz Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border where 52 of the community’s 400 members were killed by Hamas on 7 October, and another 20 are missing or held captive. Israelis as well as Palestinians are suffering the snowballing mental health effects of the ongoing revelations around the Hamas massacre on 7 October and ensuing war, said Peeperkorn as well as WHO’s representative in Israel, Dr. Michel Thieren. In Gaza, there is the lack of day -to-day access to basic necessities, as well as the constant risk of death from aerial bombardments, Peeperkorn observed. While UN staff are often considered “a bit more privileged than the other Gazans… in many of my staff, they are completely desperate, utterly, utterly desperate, and utterly depressed, and no vision about life anymore. And this is a group that a lot of people would call privileged, so think about the rest of Gazans. On the Israeli side, still-unfolding evidence of the rape, mutilation, or burning of many civilian victims of the 7 October Hamas incursion, has become seared in the collective Isareli consciousness. Along with that, are the concerns about the fate of the 242 hostages reportedly held by Hamas, including about 50 infants, children and older people, as well as women and men. “It’s a whole shadow of trauma that is spreading across the country, the survivors, the families of hostages, the witnesses of atrocities,” said Thieren, who has been quoted saying that in Israel’s Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border, he saw scenes “that I never saw in Syria, Iraq, Sudan or anywhere else.” “The displaced populations, the hosting communities of those displaced people and survivors. I would even say, the decision makers, the whole country is plunged into a night of trauma, and the trauma spreads like a virus.” He noted that WHO’s European Regional Director Hans Kluge had just visited Israel to see the site of the 7 October mass killings first-hand, and discuss strengthened collaborations on mental health and rehabilitation. Image Credits: WHO/EMRO, Health Policy Watch. Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Swiss, Singapore and Korean Regulatory Agencies Become First to Receive New WHO Listing 03/11/2023 Disha Shetty Drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) and can be used as a point of reference for the approval of new drugs and vaccines. The drug regulatory authorities of Switzerland, the Republic of Korea and Singapore have become the first three countries to be listed as WHO-Listed Authorities (WLA) that can be used as a point of reference for other countries’ deliberations on approval of new drugs and vaccines. The WHO’s recently established WLA framework is intended to create an evidenced-based pathway for regulatory authorities operating at an advanced level of performance to be globally recognized. The overall aim is to provide a point of reference for other national authorities in their consideration of new drugs for approval. This can help promote faster and more robust regulatory reviews in other countries of new, and potentially significant medical products that some national authorities may not have the resources to evaluate thoroughly on their own. Traditionally, WHO as well as many low-and middle-income countries looked to the regulatory decisions of the US Food and Drug Administration (US FDA) or the European Medicines Agency (EMA) for guidance in their own national approval of new drugs and medicines. However, the reference to the US FDA and EMA has always been informal and relatively ad-hoc. WLA label creates a more systematic pathway for international recognition The newly created WLA label aims to correct this by creating a more systematic pathway to international recognition for a national regulatory agency. That should signal to other countries that the agency meets WHO and other internationally recognized regulatory standards and practices. A technical advisory group on WHO-Listed Authorities (TAG-WLA), which met for the first time in September at WHO headquarters in Geneva, made the designations based on a set of criteria established for the WLA framework. The group’s key task is to provide independent, strategic, and technical advice to the WHO as it decides who to add to the WLA. The group has 14 members from the six WHO regions with a broad range of expertise. Asked by Health Policy Watch why the FDA and EMA hadn’t been granted certification yet, a WHO spokesperson said, “several stringent regulatory authorities (SRA) already initiated discussions with WHO on the process towards WLA.” But the spokesperson added, “The decision to apply for evaluation and listing as a WLA is voluntary, and no selection is conducted by WHO; rather, it is initiated by or on behalf of the regulatory authority (RA) if satisfies one of the criteria.” They are: The RA is on the list of transitional WLAs (tWLA). The RA has attained at least overall Maturity Level (ML) 3 as determined through a formal benchmarking against the WHO Global Benchmarking Tool (GBT). “Once eligibility is confirmed, the RA must undergo a performance evaluation process,” the spokesperson added, noting that the process is further described in a new Operational Guidance. WLA designation applies to medicines, not medical devices The WLA framework is currently only applicable to medicines [including multisource (generics), and new medicines (new chemical entities) and/or biotherapeutics and/or similar biotherapeutic products], and vaccines. Medical devices, including in vitro diagnostics, as well as blood and blood derivatives are not in the scope of the WLA, WHO said. The newly WHO-certified authorities include the Health Sciences Authority (HSA), Singapore; the Ministry of Food and Drug Safety (MFDS), Republic of Korea; and the Swiss Agency for Therapeutic Products (Swissmedic), Switzerland. The listing indicated that the regulatory authority has complied with all the indicators and requirements specified by WHO. “This achievement is the result of investment by the Governments of the Republic of Korea, Singapore and Switzerland in the strengthening of their regulatory systems and reaffirms the collaboration between WHO and the three Governments in promoting confidence, trust and further reliance on authorities that have attained this global recognition, through the transparent and evidence-based pathway for designating and listing of WLAs,” said Dr Yukiko Nakatani, assistant director-general for Access to Medicines and Health Products. Although the WLA designation will provide a pathway for other countries in deliberating regulatory decisions, the WHO spokesperson stressed that “the ultimate responsibility and decision for using or adopting the regulatory decisions taken by a WLA resides with the users (e.g., other regulatory authorities, procurement agencies) and will depend on the specific context and scope of its intended use.” Image Credits: Unsplash. Health Sector is ‘Ill-Prepared’ to Protect People Against Heat and Other Extreme Weather Events 03/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan People’s exposure to heat is increasing in Ethiopia due to climate change, which is also causing water shortage. Heat is the deadliest of extreme weather events, and heat-related mortality could be 30 times higher than previously thought, killing 500,000 people annually between 2000 and 2019. Yet only half the world’s governments have heat warning services, less than a quarter (23%) of health ministries use meteorological information to monitor climate-sensitive health risks, and only 26 countries have climate-informed, heat-health early warning systems. These are some of the key findings of the 2023 State of Climate Services Report, prepared by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and partners, which was released on Thursday. In assessing progress made in climate services for health globally, the report finds the health sector “ill-prepared to safeguard society”. Addressing the report’s launch, WMO Secretary-General Prof Petteri Taalas said that, by the latter part of this century, “we are going to face very severe combined heat and humidity stress cases, especially at low latitudes”. Prof Petteri Taalas, WMO Secretary General Taalas added that, typically, during heatwaves, air quality was also poor: “When we had the 2003 heatwave Europe, there were 75,000 casualties and a large part of the deaths were related to poor air quality as we had a fairly high concentration of surface ozone. “During these kinds of events, especially in urban areas, we also have challenges with ultrafine particles. That was the case in 2010, when Russia was facing a heat wave and 50,000 people died. There was also fairly poor air quality due to forest fires and peat fires, and we faced a similar situation in Canada this year,” said Taalas. “And we know from the most recent IPCC [Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change] report that practically the whole world has been experiencing an increase of heat waves. About half of the planet has been facing increased flooding events and a third has faced drought,” he added. Climate impacts on health World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanon Ghebreyesus said the report “highlights the need for tailored climate information to support the health sector on a wide range of functions from heat health warning systems to mapping the risk of infectious diseases”. “It also calls for more to be done to prepare the health community for future shocks and pressures due to climate variability. Going forward, we must work together to make high-quality climate services available to all communities and support the health and well-being of people facing the impacts of climate change,” added Tedros. Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Environment, Climate Change and Health, said that the data generated by the WMO and partners was key in assisting the health sector. “If we use this very powerful data, and we put it at the services of the health care system, we can be better prepared to respond and prevent events from heat waves to other extreme weather events to drought, to potential outbreaks of infectious diseases,” said Neira. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, Lead of the WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health Office at WMO, summarising some of the report’s key findings. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health office lead, detailed the “wide and varied” impact of climate on health, from the spread of infectious diseases such as dengue and malaria to impacts on food systems and air quality. But she said one positive is that health has become a policy priority within the national climate policies in almost all countries and there is a “huge opportunity” to bring together climate adaptation and climate science to “help inform the decisions and policymakers to prepare communities that are vulnerable to climate change worldwide to adapt to the health risks”. As usual, lack of finances is a problem. Currently, just 0.2% of total bilateral and multilateral adaptation finance supports health-focused projects. Fiji is vulnerable to sea levels rising and floods, exacerbating waterborne and vector-borne diseases. The report includes case studies of successful partnerships between health and meteorological services. In Fiji, for example, the Ministry of Health and the meteorological services have data-sharing agreements to track waterborne and vector-borne diseases as the country battles with sea level rise and extreme weather events. Argentina’s public institutions have been working with their research community to develop evidence-based public warnings for extreme heat for specific locations and populations. “In the first year of the launch of this heat-health early warning system, Argentina has launched 987 alerts across the country that have helped their public services and their communities to better prepare for the heat season,” said Shumake-Guillemot. Meanwhile, in Europe an estimated 40 million people suffer from seasonal allergies and the region’s AutoPollen project predicts, detects and reports pollen concentrations in real time to doctors, patients and allergy patient associations via an online system and mobile app. Way forward to COP28 and beyond “Despite examples of success, data shows that the health sector is under-utilizing available climate knowledge and tools. At the same time, climate services need to be further enhanced to fully satisfy the health sector requirements,” the report notes. Meanwhile, Neira told the launch that health is firmly on the agenda of the next global climate meeting, COP28. “There will be a special ministerial high-level roundtable and the first-ever health day at COP28,” said Neira. “This is not only to raise the voice of the health community to explain how bad [climate change] is impacting our health, but to ask for more action and to demonstrate that the health community is now very much into the political agenda and in pushing for the reduction of emissions and adaptation,” she added. Wellcome Trust’s Madeleine Thomson, head of impacts and adaptation, predicts “a tsunami of demand coming to the climate community for climate information relevant to health”. “At the moment, we do not have a well-developed health community that is capacitated to ask the right questions, seek the right partnerships, and engage effectively,” said Thomson, but added that a lot more could be done to bring the health and climate communities together. Image Credits: Oxfam East Africa. WHO Repeats Call for Humanitarian Pause in Gaza-Israel Conflict as Injured Palestinians Arrive in Egypt for Treatment 02/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza Palestinian arrives in Egypt via the Rafah border, opened for the first time to the exit of critically wounded and ill since the start of the Israeli-Hamas conflict. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus repeated calls for a “humanitarian pause” in the fierce fighting between Israel and Hamas-controlled Gaza to allow for the resupply of Palestinian hospitals in Gaza, and treatment of injured and ill, saying “we are running out of words to describe the horror.” Speaking at a press briefing Thursday, Tedros welcomed Egypt’s agreement Tuesday to open two northern Sinai’s hospitals to critically ill or injured Palestinians, but noted that so far only 46 people have so far managed to cross over for treatment. Three field hospitals to be set up in Gaza are also in the planning now to handle the humanitarian emergency. But implementation would depend on safe passage arrangements. And such facilities cannot replace regular services, Tedros stressed, noting that 14 out of 36 hospitals in the Gaza Strip are not functioning right now. Meanwhile, while the world’s attention is focused on Gaza and Israel, Sudan’s health system is also cracking under the strain of more than 7 million internally displaced people – one of the largest in the world, said WHO’s director general in his remarks. “The already fragile health system is buckling under the load of injuries, outbreaks, malnutrition and untreated cases of diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular, kidney and respiratory disease,” Tedros said. “In addition to measles, rubella, malaria and dengue, outbreaks of cholera have been declared in three states.” Horror still unfolding WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at 2 November press briefing. “Since Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel, on 7 October, more than 10,000 people have been killed. including more than 8500 in Gaza, and 1400 in Israel,” Tedros said. “In both Israel and Gaza, Some 70% of those killed are women and children. More than 21,000 people are injured and more than 1.4 million people in Gaza have been displaced. Despite the rising calls for a “humanitarian pause” including from US President Joe Biden, the conflict showed no signs of letting up yet. Israeli ground troops appeared to be tightening their grip around Hamas strongholds in Gaza City, in the north of the enclave, backed by aerial bombardment. Hamas missile attacks on Israeli cities continued for the 27th day, while in Lebanon, Hizbullah and Hamas stepped up pressure on Israel’s northern front, firing dozens of rockets into Israeli communities Thursday evening with a fiery direct hit in one city, Kiryat Shmona. “Everywhere…. death, destruction, loss. So far, WHO has verified 277 attacks on health care, including 218 in the occupied Palestinian territory, and 19 in Israel,” Tedros remarked. “The situation on the ground in Gaza is indescribable. Hospitals crammed with the injured lying in corridors…. Doctors performing surgery without anesthesia. Thousands of people seeking shelter from the bombardment. Families crammed into overcrowded rooms desperate for food and water. Toilets overflowing and the risk of disease outbreak spreading and everywhere. Flames and smoke billow during Israeli strikes in Gaza, which have caused an unprecedented level of destruction since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “At the very least, we need a humanitarian pause in the fighting and ideally a ceasefire. We need unfettered access and safe passage agreed by both parties to ensure the security of access routes,”’” the WHO Director General warned. “Let me be clear, there can be no justification for Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel,” he said referring to the 7 October surprise rampage by Hamas gunmen into 22 Israeli communities near Gaza that left over 1300 Israelis shot, burned or bludgeoned to death, while 242 men, women and children were taken hostage. “I understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Israeli people. I also understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Palestinian people,” Tedros said. “WHO continues to call on Hamas to release the hostages, many of whom need urgent medical attention,” he added. “We continue to call on Israel to restore supplies of electricity, water and fuel. We continue to call on both sides to abide by their obligations under international humanitarian law. And we call on who[ever] can, to de-escalate this conflict rather than inflame it.” WHO supplies delivered – but not reaching all parts of the enclave WHO health supplies delivered to Al Nasser Medical complex in the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis on 23 October, after a humanitarian corridor from Egypt opened up. Resupply to hospitals in northern Gaza has become virtually impossible since Israeli ground troops entered Gaza, WHO says. So far, WHO has been able to deliver some 54 metric tons of medical supplies to Gaza since an emergency corridor opened from Egypt, at the Rafah crossing, said Tedros. But he described this as a “drip feed” of aid in comparison to the scale required. “Before the seventh of October, an average of 500 tracks a day were crossing in together with essential supplies. Since the seventh of October, only 217 tracks have entered in total. To sustain the humanitarian response on the scale needed, we need hundreds of trucks to enter Gaza every day.” And with fierce fighting underway in northern Gaza between Israel and Hamas for the past several days, resupply of many health facilities has been impossible, said Mike Ryan, WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies. “Getting trucks over the border is one thing, getting them to the places in which they’re needed is another and that has not been facilitated that has not been supported, in fact, if anything quite the opposite,” he said. Over the coming months, WHO is developing a plan to set up three field hospitals in Gaza, including one in the northern part of the enclave and two in the south, said Dr Richard Peeperkorn, WHO’s Jerusalem-based representative for the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Dr Richard Peeperkorn, Jerusalem-based WHO representative to the Occupied Palestinian Territories. The field hospitals would be part of a $50 million operational plan, also including recruitment of specialized emergency medical teams from abroad (EMTs). Even so, “the focus is first and foremost, on supporting existing health facilities, strengthening and maintaining services and instituting a trauma pathway,” Peeperkorn underlined. “We are now in an ultra-emergency phase. But in this humanitarian response, we have to focus on supporting, making sure that the existing health systems will be able to deliver. “It would be really a bit delusional if you think that when a few EMTs from outside, or setting up a few hospitals, that we can supply appropriate or even a minimum level of health services for 2.2 million Gazans. “To have, of course, this plan – to make sure it’s operational, we need, ideally, a humanitarian ceasefire. But we definitely need humanitarian corridors and then a sustained access to the needed supplies.” Presence of Hamas centers under hospitals – irrelevant to obligation to protect them Al Shifa Hospital – 15 October. Emergency Medical Teams (EMTs) deployed in a tent outside the hospital, the largest in Gaza, to handle the surge of patients. As for Israel’s assertions that Hamas has sited key military command and control centers as well as supplies, underneath some of Gaza’s major hospitals, particularly Al Shifa and Al Quds in the northern part of the enclave, Ryan said that this didn’t absolve Israel from the responsibility to shield the facilities from attack. Israel has told the hospitals that they need to evacuate patients and staff to the south, in order to stay clear of the conflict. “The reality on the ground at Al Shifa and other hospitals is that we have thousands of health workers, thousands of patients, and probably hundreds of thousands of civilians sheltering at these multiple facilities particularly, and all over but in the north now,” Ryan said. “The rules are clear on this. Health care must be protected. “We know what’s going on above the ground. We deal with the doctors, the nurses and the administrators of the hospitals, and they’re crammed full of patients, ongoing operations, intensive care, and much much else. “We have no information on what may be happening elsewhere, or underneath these facilities. That’s not information we would have or could verify.” Mike Ryan, WHO Health Emergencies ED: Use of hospitals for military purposes is illegal, but WHO has no independent verification of the reports. While Ryan acknowledged that any “misuse of facilities for military purposes is equally outlawed under international law… we have no independent verification whatsoever of any of the information. “And in this situation where such an eventuality occurs, again, it is the responsibility of the occupying power to, not only agree with the local health authorities on an evacuation, but then if that does happen, that has to be fully facilitated, fully supported logistically, and those patients those doctors need to have a place of safety where the patients can receive an adequate and similar amount of care. None of those, none of those criteria are met.” Mental health trauma on both sides Burnt-out remains of a home at Israel’s Kibbutz Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border where 52 of the community’s 400 members were killed by Hamas on 7 October, and another 20 are missing or held captive. Israelis as well as Palestinians are suffering the snowballing mental health effects of the ongoing revelations around the Hamas massacre on 7 October and ensuing war, said Peeperkorn as well as WHO’s representative in Israel, Dr. Michel Thieren. In Gaza, there is the lack of day -to-day access to basic necessities, as well as the constant risk of death from aerial bombardments, Peeperkorn observed. While UN staff are often considered “a bit more privileged than the other Gazans… in many of my staff, they are completely desperate, utterly, utterly desperate, and utterly depressed, and no vision about life anymore. And this is a group that a lot of people would call privileged, so think about the rest of Gazans. On the Israeli side, still-unfolding evidence of the rape, mutilation, or burning of many civilian victims of the 7 October Hamas incursion, has become seared in the collective Isareli consciousness. Along with that, are the concerns about the fate of the 242 hostages reportedly held by Hamas, including about 50 infants, children and older people, as well as women and men. “It’s a whole shadow of trauma that is spreading across the country, the survivors, the families of hostages, the witnesses of atrocities,” said Thieren, who has been quoted saying that in Israel’s Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border, he saw scenes “that I never saw in Syria, Iraq, Sudan or anywhere else.” “The displaced populations, the hosting communities of those displaced people and survivors. I would even say, the decision makers, the whole country is plunged into a night of trauma, and the trauma spreads like a virus.” He noted that WHO’s European Regional Director Hans Kluge had just visited Israel to see the site of the 7 October mass killings first-hand, and discuss strengthened collaborations on mental health and rehabilitation. Image Credits: WHO/EMRO, Health Policy Watch. Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
Health Sector is ‘Ill-Prepared’ to Protect People Against Heat and Other Extreme Weather Events 03/11/2023 Kerry Cullinan People’s exposure to heat is increasing in Ethiopia due to climate change, which is also causing water shortage. Heat is the deadliest of extreme weather events, and heat-related mortality could be 30 times higher than previously thought, killing 500,000 people annually between 2000 and 2019. Yet only half the world’s governments have heat warning services, less than a quarter (23%) of health ministries use meteorological information to monitor climate-sensitive health risks, and only 26 countries have climate-informed, heat-health early warning systems. These are some of the key findings of the 2023 State of Climate Services Report, prepared by the World Meteorological Organization (WMO) and partners, which was released on Thursday. In assessing progress made in climate services for health globally, the report finds the health sector “ill-prepared to safeguard society”. Addressing the report’s launch, WMO Secretary-General Prof Petteri Taalas said that, by the latter part of this century, “we are going to face very severe combined heat and humidity stress cases, especially at low latitudes”. Prof Petteri Taalas, WMO Secretary General Taalas added that, typically, during heatwaves, air quality was also poor: “When we had the 2003 heatwave Europe, there were 75,000 casualties and a large part of the deaths were related to poor air quality as we had a fairly high concentration of surface ozone. “During these kinds of events, especially in urban areas, we also have challenges with ultrafine particles. That was the case in 2010, when Russia was facing a heat wave and 50,000 people died. There was also fairly poor air quality due to forest fires and peat fires, and we faced a similar situation in Canada this year,” said Taalas. “And we know from the most recent IPCC [Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change] report that practically the whole world has been experiencing an increase of heat waves. About half of the planet has been facing increased flooding events and a third has faced drought,” he added. Climate impacts on health World Health Organization (WHO) Director-General Dr Tedros Adhanon Ghebreyesus said the report “highlights the need for tailored climate information to support the health sector on a wide range of functions from heat health warning systems to mapping the risk of infectious diseases”. “It also calls for more to be done to prepare the health community for future shocks and pressures due to climate variability. Going forward, we must work together to make high-quality climate services available to all communities and support the health and well-being of people facing the impacts of climate change,” added Tedros. Maria Neira, WHO’s Director of the Environment, Climate Change and Health, said that the data generated by the WMO and partners was key in assisting the health sector. “If we use this very powerful data, and we put it at the services of the health care system, we can be better prepared to respond and prevent events from heat waves to other extreme weather events to drought, to potential outbreaks of infectious diseases,” said Neira. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, Lead of the WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health Office at WMO, summarising some of the report’s key findings. Joy Shumake-Guillemot, WHO/WMO Joint Climate and Health office lead, detailed the “wide and varied” impact of climate on health, from the spread of infectious diseases such as dengue and malaria to impacts on food systems and air quality. But she said one positive is that health has become a policy priority within the national climate policies in almost all countries and there is a “huge opportunity” to bring together climate adaptation and climate science to “help inform the decisions and policymakers to prepare communities that are vulnerable to climate change worldwide to adapt to the health risks”. As usual, lack of finances is a problem. Currently, just 0.2% of total bilateral and multilateral adaptation finance supports health-focused projects. Fiji is vulnerable to sea levels rising and floods, exacerbating waterborne and vector-borne diseases. The report includes case studies of successful partnerships between health and meteorological services. In Fiji, for example, the Ministry of Health and the meteorological services have data-sharing agreements to track waterborne and vector-borne diseases as the country battles with sea level rise and extreme weather events. Argentina’s public institutions have been working with their research community to develop evidence-based public warnings for extreme heat for specific locations and populations. “In the first year of the launch of this heat-health early warning system, Argentina has launched 987 alerts across the country that have helped their public services and their communities to better prepare for the heat season,” said Shumake-Guillemot. Meanwhile, in Europe an estimated 40 million people suffer from seasonal allergies and the region’s AutoPollen project predicts, detects and reports pollen concentrations in real time to doctors, patients and allergy patient associations via an online system and mobile app. Way forward to COP28 and beyond “Despite examples of success, data shows that the health sector is under-utilizing available climate knowledge and tools. At the same time, climate services need to be further enhanced to fully satisfy the health sector requirements,” the report notes. Meanwhile, Neira told the launch that health is firmly on the agenda of the next global climate meeting, COP28. “There will be a special ministerial high-level roundtable and the first-ever health day at COP28,” said Neira. “This is not only to raise the voice of the health community to explain how bad [climate change] is impacting our health, but to ask for more action and to demonstrate that the health community is now very much into the political agenda and in pushing for the reduction of emissions and adaptation,” she added. Wellcome Trust’s Madeleine Thomson, head of impacts and adaptation, predicts “a tsunami of demand coming to the climate community for climate information relevant to health”. “At the moment, we do not have a well-developed health community that is capacitated to ask the right questions, seek the right partnerships, and engage effectively,” said Thomson, but added that a lot more could be done to bring the health and climate communities together. Image Credits: Oxfam East Africa. WHO Repeats Call for Humanitarian Pause in Gaza-Israel Conflict as Injured Palestinians Arrive in Egypt for Treatment 02/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza Palestinian arrives in Egypt via the Rafah border, opened for the first time to the exit of critically wounded and ill since the start of the Israeli-Hamas conflict. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus repeated calls for a “humanitarian pause” in the fierce fighting between Israel and Hamas-controlled Gaza to allow for the resupply of Palestinian hospitals in Gaza, and treatment of injured and ill, saying “we are running out of words to describe the horror.” Speaking at a press briefing Thursday, Tedros welcomed Egypt’s agreement Tuesday to open two northern Sinai’s hospitals to critically ill or injured Palestinians, but noted that so far only 46 people have so far managed to cross over for treatment. Three field hospitals to be set up in Gaza are also in the planning now to handle the humanitarian emergency. But implementation would depend on safe passage arrangements. And such facilities cannot replace regular services, Tedros stressed, noting that 14 out of 36 hospitals in the Gaza Strip are not functioning right now. Meanwhile, while the world’s attention is focused on Gaza and Israel, Sudan’s health system is also cracking under the strain of more than 7 million internally displaced people – one of the largest in the world, said WHO’s director general in his remarks. “The already fragile health system is buckling under the load of injuries, outbreaks, malnutrition and untreated cases of diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular, kidney and respiratory disease,” Tedros said. “In addition to measles, rubella, malaria and dengue, outbreaks of cholera have been declared in three states.” Horror still unfolding WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at 2 November press briefing. “Since Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel, on 7 October, more than 10,000 people have been killed. including more than 8500 in Gaza, and 1400 in Israel,” Tedros said. “In both Israel and Gaza, Some 70% of those killed are women and children. More than 21,000 people are injured and more than 1.4 million people in Gaza have been displaced. Despite the rising calls for a “humanitarian pause” including from US President Joe Biden, the conflict showed no signs of letting up yet. Israeli ground troops appeared to be tightening their grip around Hamas strongholds in Gaza City, in the north of the enclave, backed by aerial bombardment. Hamas missile attacks on Israeli cities continued for the 27th day, while in Lebanon, Hizbullah and Hamas stepped up pressure on Israel’s northern front, firing dozens of rockets into Israeli communities Thursday evening with a fiery direct hit in one city, Kiryat Shmona. “Everywhere…. death, destruction, loss. So far, WHO has verified 277 attacks on health care, including 218 in the occupied Palestinian territory, and 19 in Israel,” Tedros remarked. “The situation on the ground in Gaza is indescribable. Hospitals crammed with the injured lying in corridors…. Doctors performing surgery without anesthesia. Thousands of people seeking shelter from the bombardment. Families crammed into overcrowded rooms desperate for food and water. Toilets overflowing and the risk of disease outbreak spreading and everywhere. Flames and smoke billow during Israeli strikes in Gaza, which have caused an unprecedented level of destruction since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “At the very least, we need a humanitarian pause in the fighting and ideally a ceasefire. We need unfettered access and safe passage agreed by both parties to ensure the security of access routes,”’” the WHO Director General warned. “Let me be clear, there can be no justification for Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel,” he said referring to the 7 October surprise rampage by Hamas gunmen into 22 Israeli communities near Gaza that left over 1300 Israelis shot, burned or bludgeoned to death, while 242 men, women and children were taken hostage. “I understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Israeli people. I also understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Palestinian people,” Tedros said. “WHO continues to call on Hamas to release the hostages, many of whom need urgent medical attention,” he added. “We continue to call on Israel to restore supplies of electricity, water and fuel. We continue to call on both sides to abide by their obligations under international humanitarian law. And we call on who[ever] can, to de-escalate this conflict rather than inflame it.” WHO supplies delivered – but not reaching all parts of the enclave WHO health supplies delivered to Al Nasser Medical complex in the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis on 23 October, after a humanitarian corridor from Egypt opened up. Resupply to hospitals in northern Gaza has become virtually impossible since Israeli ground troops entered Gaza, WHO says. So far, WHO has been able to deliver some 54 metric tons of medical supplies to Gaza since an emergency corridor opened from Egypt, at the Rafah crossing, said Tedros. But he described this as a “drip feed” of aid in comparison to the scale required. “Before the seventh of October, an average of 500 tracks a day were crossing in together with essential supplies. Since the seventh of October, only 217 tracks have entered in total. To sustain the humanitarian response on the scale needed, we need hundreds of trucks to enter Gaza every day.” And with fierce fighting underway in northern Gaza between Israel and Hamas for the past several days, resupply of many health facilities has been impossible, said Mike Ryan, WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies. “Getting trucks over the border is one thing, getting them to the places in which they’re needed is another and that has not been facilitated that has not been supported, in fact, if anything quite the opposite,” he said. Over the coming months, WHO is developing a plan to set up three field hospitals in Gaza, including one in the northern part of the enclave and two in the south, said Dr Richard Peeperkorn, WHO’s Jerusalem-based representative for the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Dr Richard Peeperkorn, Jerusalem-based WHO representative to the Occupied Palestinian Territories. The field hospitals would be part of a $50 million operational plan, also including recruitment of specialized emergency medical teams from abroad (EMTs). Even so, “the focus is first and foremost, on supporting existing health facilities, strengthening and maintaining services and instituting a trauma pathway,” Peeperkorn underlined. “We are now in an ultra-emergency phase. But in this humanitarian response, we have to focus on supporting, making sure that the existing health systems will be able to deliver. “It would be really a bit delusional if you think that when a few EMTs from outside, or setting up a few hospitals, that we can supply appropriate or even a minimum level of health services for 2.2 million Gazans. “To have, of course, this plan – to make sure it’s operational, we need, ideally, a humanitarian ceasefire. But we definitely need humanitarian corridors and then a sustained access to the needed supplies.” Presence of Hamas centers under hospitals – irrelevant to obligation to protect them Al Shifa Hospital – 15 October. Emergency Medical Teams (EMTs) deployed in a tent outside the hospital, the largest in Gaza, to handle the surge of patients. As for Israel’s assertions that Hamas has sited key military command and control centers as well as supplies, underneath some of Gaza’s major hospitals, particularly Al Shifa and Al Quds in the northern part of the enclave, Ryan said that this didn’t absolve Israel from the responsibility to shield the facilities from attack. Israel has told the hospitals that they need to evacuate patients and staff to the south, in order to stay clear of the conflict. “The reality on the ground at Al Shifa and other hospitals is that we have thousands of health workers, thousands of patients, and probably hundreds of thousands of civilians sheltering at these multiple facilities particularly, and all over but in the north now,” Ryan said. “The rules are clear on this. Health care must be protected. “We know what’s going on above the ground. We deal with the doctors, the nurses and the administrators of the hospitals, and they’re crammed full of patients, ongoing operations, intensive care, and much much else. “We have no information on what may be happening elsewhere, or underneath these facilities. That’s not information we would have or could verify.” Mike Ryan, WHO Health Emergencies ED: Use of hospitals for military purposes is illegal, but WHO has no independent verification of the reports. While Ryan acknowledged that any “misuse of facilities for military purposes is equally outlawed under international law… we have no independent verification whatsoever of any of the information. “And in this situation where such an eventuality occurs, again, it is the responsibility of the occupying power to, not only agree with the local health authorities on an evacuation, but then if that does happen, that has to be fully facilitated, fully supported logistically, and those patients those doctors need to have a place of safety where the patients can receive an adequate and similar amount of care. None of those, none of those criteria are met.” Mental health trauma on both sides Burnt-out remains of a home at Israel’s Kibbutz Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border where 52 of the community’s 400 members were killed by Hamas on 7 October, and another 20 are missing or held captive. Israelis as well as Palestinians are suffering the snowballing mental health effects of the ongoing revelations around the Hamas massacre on 7 October and ensuing war, said Peeperkorn as well as WHO’s representative in Israel, Dr. Michel Thieren. In Gaza, there is the lack of day -to-day access to basic necessities, as well as the constant risk of death from aerial bombardments, Peeperkorn observed. While UN staff are often considered “a bit more privileged than the other Gazans… in many of my staff, they are completely desperate, utterly, utterly desperate, and utterly depressed, and no vision about life anymore. And this is a group that a lot of people would call privileged, so think about the rest of Gazans. On the Israeli side, still-unfolding evidence of the rape, mutilation, or burning of many civilian victims of the 7 October Hamas incursion, has become seared in the collective Isareli consciousness. Along with that, are the concerns about the fate of the 242 hostages reportedly held by Hamas, including about 50 infants, children and older people, as well as women and men. “It’s a whole shadow of trauma that is spreading across the country, the survivors, the families of hostages, the witnesses of atrocities,” said Thieren, who has been quoted saying that in Israel’s Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border, he saw scenes “that I never saw in Syria, Iraq, Sudan or anywhere else.” “The displaced populations, the hosting communities of those displaced people and survivors. I would even say, the decision makers, the whole country is plunged into a night of trauma, and the trauma spreads like a virus.” He noted that WHO’s European Regional Director Hans Kluge had just visited Israel to see the site of the 7 October mass killings first-hand, and discuss strengthened collaborations on mental health and rehabilitation. Image Credits: WHO/EMRO, Health Policy Watch. Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy Loading Comments... You must be logged in to post a comment.
WHO Repeats Call for Humanitarian Pause in Gaza-Israel Conflict as Injured Palestinians Arrive in Egypt for Treatment 02/11/2023 Elaine Ruth Fletcher Gaza Palestinian arrives in Egypt via the Rafah border, opened for the first time to the exit of critically wounded and ill since the start of the Israeli-Hamas conflict. WHO’s Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus repeated calls for a “humanitarian pause” in the fierce fighting between Israel and Hamas-controlled Gaza to allow for the resupply of Palestinian hospitals in Gaza, and treatment of injured and ill, saying “we are running out of words to describe the horror.” Speaking at a press briefing Thursday, Tedros welcomed Egypt’s agreement Tuesday to open two northern Sinai’s hospitals to critically ill or injured Palestinians, but noted that so far only 46 people have so far managed to cross over for treatment. Three field hospitals to be set up in Gaza are also in the planning now to handle the humanitarian emergency. But implementation would depend on safe passage arrangements. And such facilities cannot replace regular services, Tedros stressed, noting that 14 out of 36 hospitals in the Gaza Strip are not functioning right now. Meanwhile, while the world’s attention is focused on Gaza and Israel, Sudan’s health system is also cracking under the strain of more than 7 million internally displaced people – one of the largest in the world, said WHO’s director general in his remarks. “The already fragile health system is buckling under the load of injuries, outbreaks, malnutrition and untreated cases of diabetes, cancer and cardiovascular, kidney and respiratory disease,” Tedros said. “In addition to measles, rubella, malaria and dengue, outbreaks of cholera have been declared in three states.” Horror still unfolding WHO Director General Dr Tedros Adhanom Ghebreyesus at 2 November press briefing. “Since Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel, on 7 October, more than 10,000 people have been killed. including more than 8500 in Gaza, and 1400 in Israel,” Tedros said. “In both Israel and Gaza, Some 70% of those killed are women and children. More than 21,000 people are injured and more than 1.4 million people in Gaza have been displaced. Despite the rising calls for a “humanitarian pause” including from US President Joe Biden, the conflict showed no signs of letting up yet. Israeli ground troops appeared to be tightening their grip around Hamas strongholds in Gaza City, in the north of the enclave, backed by aerial bombardment. Hamas missile attacks on Israeli cities continued for the 27th day, while in Lebanon, Hizbullah and Hamas stepped up pressure on Israel’s northern front, firing dozens of rockets into Israeli communities Thursday evening with a fiery direct hit in one city, Kiryat Shmona. “Everywhere…. death, destruction, loss. So far, WHO has verified 277 attacks on health care, including 218 in the occupied Palestinian territory, and 19 in Israel,” Tedros remarked. “The situation on the ground in Gaza is indescribable. Hospitals crammed with the injured lying in corridors…. Doctors performing surgery without anesthesia. Thousands of people seeking shelter from the bombardment. Families crammed into overcrowded rooms desperate for food and water. Toilets overflowing and the risk of disease outbreak spreading and everywhere. Flames and smoke billow during Israeli strikes in Gaza, which have caused an unprecedented level of destruction since the 7 October Hamas incursion into Israel. “At the very least, we need a humanitarian pause in the fighting and ideally a ceasefire. We need unfettered access and safe passage agreed by both parties to ensure the security of access routes,”’” the WHO Director General warned. “Let me be clear, there can be no justification for Hamas’s horrific attacks on Israel,” he said referring to the 7 October surprise rampage by Hamas gunmen into 22 Israeli communities near Gaza that left over 1300 Israelis shot, burned or bludgeoned to death, while 242 men, women and children were taken hostage. “I understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Israeli people. I also understand the grief, the anger and the fear of the Palestinian people,” Tedros said. “WHO continues to call on Hamas to release the hostages, many of whom need urgent medical attention,” he added. “We continue to call on Israel to restore supplies of electricity, water and fuel. We continue to call on both sides to abide by their obligations under international humanitarian law. And we call on who[ever] can, to de-escalate this conflict rather than inflame it.” WHO supplies delivered – but not reaching all parts of the enclave WHO health supplies delivered to Al Nasser Medical complex in the southern Gaza city of Khan Younis on 23 October, after a humanitarian corridor from Egypt opened up. Resupply to hospitals in northern Gaza has become virtually impossible since Israeli ground troops entered Gaza, WHO says. So far, WHO has been able to deliver some 54 metric tons of medical supplies to Gaza since an emergency corridor opened from Egypt, at the Rafah crossing, said Tedros. But he described this as a “drip feed” of aid in comparison to the scale required. “Before the seventh of October, an average of 500 tracks a day were crossing in together with essential supplies. Since the seventh of October, only 217 tracks have entered in total. To sustain the humanitarian response on the scale needed, we need hundreds of trucks to enter Gaza every day.” And with fierce fighting underway in northern Gaza between Israel and Hamas for the past several days, resupply of many health facilities has been impossible, said Mike Ryan, WHO’s Executive Director of Health Emergencies. “Getting trucks over the border is one thing, getting them to the places in which they’re needed is another and that has not been facilitated that has not been supported, in fact, if anything quite the opposite,” he said. Over the coming months, WHO is developing a plan to set up three field hospitals in Gaza, including one in the northern part of the enclave and two in the south, said Dr Richard Peeperkorn, WHO’s Jerusalem-based representative for the Occupied Palestinian Territories. Dr Richard Peeperkorn, Jerusalem-based WHO representative to the Occupied Palestinian Territories. The field hospitals would be part of a $50 million operational plan, also including recruitment of specialized emergency medical teams from abroad (EMTs). Even so, “the focus is first and foremost, on supporting existing health facilities, strengthening and maintaining services and instituting a trauma pathway,” Peeperkorn underlined. “We are now in an ultra-emergency phase. But in this humanitarian response, we have to focus on supporting, making sure that the existing health systems will be able to deliver. “It would be really a bit delusional if you think that when a few EMTs from outside, or setting up a few hospitals, that we can supply appropriate or even a minimum level of health services for 2.2 million Gazans. “To have, of course, this plan – to make sure it’s operational, we need, ideally, a humanitarian ceasefire. But we definitely need humanitarian corridors and then a sustained access to the needed supplies.” Presence of Hamas centers under hospitals – irrelevant to obligation to protect them Al Shifa Hospital – 15 October. Emergency Medical Teams (EMTs) deployed in a tent outside the hospital, the largest in Gaza, to handle the surge of patients. As for Israel’s assertions that Hamas has sited key military command and control centers as well as supplies, underneath some of Gaza’s major hospitals, particularly Al Shifa and Al Quds in the northern part of the enclave, Ryan said that this didn’t absolve Israel from the responsibility to shield the facilities from attack. Israel has told the hospitals that they need to evacuate patients and staff to the south, in order to stay clear of the conflict. “The reality on the ground at Al Shifa and other hospitals is that we have thousands of health workers, thousands of patients, and probably hundreds of thousands of civilians sheltering at these multiple facilities particularly, and all over but in the north now,” Ryan said. “The rules are clear on this. Health care must be protected. “We know what’s going on above the ground. We deal with the doctors, the nurses and the administrators of the hospitals, and they’re crammed full of patients, ongoing operations, intensive care, and much much else. “We have no information on what may be happening elsewhere, or underneath these facilities. That’s not information we would have or could verify.” Mike Ryan, WHO Health Emergencies ED: Use of hospitals for military purposes is illegal, but WHO has no independent verification of the reports. While Ryan acknowledged that any “misuse of facilities for military purposes is equally outlawed under international law… we have no independent verification whatsoever of any of the information. “And in this situation where such an eventuality occurs, again, it is the responsibility of the occupying power to, not only agree with the local health authorities on an evacuation, but then if that does happen, that has to be fully facilitated, fully supported logistically, and those patients those doctors need to have a place of safety where the patients can receive an adequate and similar amount of care. None of those, none of those criteria are met.” Mental health trauma on both sides Burnt-out remains of a home at Israel’s Kibbutz Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border where 52 of the community’s 400 members were killed by Hamas on 7 October, and another 20 are missing or held captive. Israelis as well as Palestinians are suffering the snowballing mental health effects of the ongoing revelations around the Hamas massacre on 7 October and ensuing war, said Peeperkorn as well as WHO’s representative in Israel, Dr. Michel Thieren. In Gaza, there is the lack of day -to-day access to basic necessities, as well as the constant risk of death from aerial bombardments, Peeperkorn observed. While UN staff are often considered “a bit more privileged than the other Gazans… in many of my staff, they are completely desperate, utterly, utterly desperate, and utterly depressed, and no vision about life anymore. And this is a group that a lot of people would call privileged, so think about the rest of Gazans. On the Israeli side, still-unfolding evidence of the rape, mutilation, or burning of many civilian victims of the 7 October Hamas incursion, has become seared in the collective Isareli consciousness. Along with that, are the concerns about the fate of the 242 hostages reportedly held by Hamas, including about 50 infants, children and older people, as well as women and men. “It’s a whole shadow of trauma that is spreading across the country, the survivors, the families of hostages, the witnesses of atrocities,” said Thieren, who has been quoted saying that in Israel’s Kfar Aza, near the Gaza border, he saw scenes “that I never saw in Syria, Iraq, Sudan or anywhere else.” “The displaced populations, the hosting communities of those displaced people and survivors. I would even say, the decision makers, the whole country is plunged into a night of trauma, and the trauma spreads like a virus.” He noted that WHO’s European Regional Director Hans Kluge had just visited Israel to see the site of the 7 October mass killings first-hand, and discuss strengthened collaborations on mental health and rehabilitation. Image Credits: WHO/EMRO, Health Policy Watch. Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts This site uses cookies to help give you the best experience on our website. Cookies enable us to collect information that helps us personalise your experience and improve the functionality and performance of our site. By continuing to read our website, we assume you agree to this, otherwise you can adjust your browser settings. Please read our cookie and Privacy Policy. Our Cookies and Privacy Policy
Climate Adaptation Crisis Deepens as Rich Nations Break Finance Promises 02/11/2023 Stefan Anderson A climate early warning system in Zambia. Wealthy nations are falling tens of billions of dollars short of their pledge to help climate-vulnerable regions adapt to a warming planet, widening an already vast gap in funding and leaving millions at risk, according to a new report from the UN Environment Programme (UNEP). The report, released on Thursday, found that international financial flows for climate adaptation in developing countries fell to just $21 billion in 2021, down 15% from a peak of $25.2 billion between 2017 and 2020. This is a fraction of the estimated cost of helping low-income countries adapt to the worst effects of climate change, which UNEP estimates to be 10 to 18 times greater than current levels. The annual gap in adaptation financing alone is now estimated at $194 billion to $366 billion, an increase of 50% from the UNEP’s estimate from last year. The $21 billion provided by advanced economies in 2021 is equal to just $3 for each of the 6.82 billion people living in the 152 countries classified as developing by the International Monetary Fund. Adaptation costs in climate-vulnerable countries will soar as the planet warms, UNEP warned, exacerbating the adaptation gap unless countries step up to provide funding. “The world is sleeping on adaptation even when the wake-up call that nature has been sending us is becoming ever more shrill,” Inger Andersen, Executive Director of UNEP, said at a press conference on Thursday. “This year we saw temperature records again being broken. We saw more floods, more heat waves, more droughts, and more wildfires [inflict] misery upon very vulnerable communities.” The UNEP report comes as the world heads into the final quarter of what is set to be the hottest year on record. The average global temperature on a third of days in 2023 has already exceeded 1.5C over pre-industrial levels. “The international community should be throwing billions of dollars at helping developing nations to adapt to these impacts – but it isn’t,” said Andersen. The UNEP report also sets the stage for COP29, the critical UN climate summit to be held in Dubai later this month. World leaders at the two-week summit will attempt to reverse the current trajectory of global fossil fuel emissions, which is on track to warm the planet by 2.4C to 2.8C by 2100 under a business-as-usual scenario. A study published in Nature on Monday found that the planet will be locked into a future over 1.5C in just under three years, in early 2029. “Storms, fires, floods, drought and extreme temperatures are becoming more frequent and more ferocious, and they’re on course to get far worse,” UN Secretary-General Antonio Guterres said in a statement accompanying the UNEP report. “Yet as needs rise, action is stalling,” said Guterres. “The world must take action to close the adaptation gap and deliver climate justice.” Why is the adaptation gap widening? The adaptation gap – the difference between the amount of money needed to allow developing countries to adapt to climate change and the financing that governments have made available – is widening as the risks posed by climate change in developing countries escalate. Three main reasons explain the widening gap. First, climate change is happening faster and with more severe impacts than previously thought. This means countries on the frontlines of the climate crisis need to do more to adapt, which requires more money. Fifty-five of the world’s most vulnerable economies have already lost over $500 billion to the climate crisis in the past two decades, according to a recent study. “On the basis of the IPCC’s (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) sixth assessment report, we anticipate higher impacts from climate change, even in the short term,” said Paul Watkiss, lead author of the finance section of the UNEP report. “Higher [climate] impacts means we have to do more adaptation.” Second, international funding for adaptation is not keeping pace with the increasingly urgent needs of developing countries. International public adaptation finance fell by 15% in 2021, despite the proven economic benefits of investing in adaptation. Every $1 billion invested in infrastructure to protect people from coastal flooding could save $14 billion in economic damages, UNEP found. And for every $16 billion invested in agriculture each year, 78 million people could be spared climate crisis-related starvation or chronic hunger. The authors of the UNEP report attribute the drop in adaptation funding in 2021 to the financial pressures caused by the COVID-19 pandemic and the war in Ukraine. However, they also noted that the $3 billion lost is a drop in the ocean compared to the $194 billion to $366 billion that developing countries need. “Our estimates of the costs of adaptation of increasing, and at the same time, the financing is at least plateauing, or even decreasing,” said Watkiss. “And so the gap widens.” Third, developing countries are reporting more accurate data on their adaptation needs, helping UNEP to better forecast problems it may not have had sufficient data to include in previous reports. As more data comes in, UNEP is able to quantify more needs, suggesting that the current UN estimate of the adaptation gap likely remains too low. Unkept promises underline the scale of the adaptation funding gap Action zone at the COP26 venue in Glasgow, Scotland where this rotating globe hanging from the ceiling reminds delegates of what they are trying to save. Unfulfilled climate funding pledges from advanced economies expose the vast gap between rhetoric and reality in adaptation funding. In 2009, advanced economies pledged $100 billion per year by 2020 to help developing countries mitigate and adapt to climate change. This pledge was reaffirmed in the Paris Agreement in 2015, but eight years later, it has yet to be fully met. “The numbers are not that big: if you compare the $100 billion to the money that the United States spends on its military, and that was spent on COVID or to save its banks, this is peanuts,” Pieter Pauw, a co-author of the UNEP report told Reuters. “It is time for developed countries to step up and provide more.” At the COP26 climate summit in Glasgow in 2021, rich countries made another pledge: to double adaptation funding to $40 billion annually by 2025. But with the shortfall in adaptation funding already at $366 billion, this pledge is no longer sufficient. “Even if the promise that we made together in Glasgow in 2021 to double adaptation finance support to 40 billion per year by 2025 were to be met – and that doesn’t look likely – the finance gap would fall by only five to 10%,” said Andersen. Timeline of the emergence of loss and damage in the climate negotiations, culminating in the historic agreement at COP27 last year. The agreement to establish a loss and damage fund is now under threat. The historic loss and damage fund agreed upon at COP27 in Egypt last year is also in jeopardy due to financing disputes between rich and developing countries, Politico reported this week. The question of who should pay for the damages caused by climate change, which is disproportionately impacting developing countries, has returned to the forefront of international climate negotiations. The United States and Europe, two of the world’s largest historical emitters of greenhouse gases, are facing renewed calls to be held liable for their disproportionate contributions to the problem. The United States, which resisted calls for a loss and damage fund for decades, is reportedly ready to exit negotiations on the fund if language holding them liable for their disproportionate contributions to global greenhouse gas emissions is not dropped. The agreement on the establishment of a loss and damage fund at last year’s COP27 summit in Egypt provided hope that this contentious issue could finally be resolved. However, the recent impasse over the fund has raised concerns that it could be derailed, threatening a critical step towards climate justice. “We’re at a breaking point,” Avinash Persaud, the lead negotiator for Barbados and aide to Barbados Prime Minister Mia Mottley, told Politico. A breakdown in negotiations “will break COP,” Persaud added. “I feel that not enough people are sufficiently worried about that”. Adaptation has limits In Guinea, rural women form cooperatives where members learn how to plant a vitamin-rich tree called Moringa and how to clean, dry and sell its leaves. Used as medicine or a dietary supplement by societies around the world, Moringa also supports biodiversity and prevents soil erosion. Adaptation measures such as early warning systems, sea walls, and mangrove restoration are essential for helping communities cope with the impacts of climate change. Early warning systems help people evacuate ahead of extreme weather events, sea walls protect coastal communities from sea level rise and storm surges, and the restoration of natural ecosystems such as mangroves alleviates flooding and, in the case of Lagos, Nigeria, stops the city from going under water. But as the planet warms, warming seas and a rapidly changing climate are pushing these measures to their limits. “The evidence is clear that climate impacts are rising and are increasingly translating into limits to adaptation,” said Henry Neufeldt, Chief Scientific Editor of the UNEP report. “Some of these may already have been reached.“ Hurricane Otis, which struck Acapulco, Mexico, in September 2023, is a prime example of these limits. The storm rapidly intensified from a tropical storm to a category 5 hurricane overnight, leaving residents off guard and meteorologists struggling to explain what happened. Powerful hurricanes can normally be observed by meteorologists for weeks prior to landfall. But as the planet warms, sea levels are rising and storms are becoming more unpredictable, limiting the ability of early warning systems to reliably protect coastal communities from extreme weather. In just 12 hours, Hurricane Otis’ strength more than doubled, reaching record wind speeds of 257 kilometres per hour at landfall. The residents of Acapulco had no time to evacuate, leaving 100 people dead or missing and wreaking vast destruction on the resort town. “Every day, every week, every month and every year from now on within our lifetimes, things are going to get worse and not a single country in the world is prepared,” said Andersen. “We are inadequately investing and planning on climate adaptation, and that leaves the world exposed.” Adaptation: Essential for billions facing climate impacts, despite limits Analysis: Africa’s extreme weather has killed at least 15,000 people in 2023 | @daisydunnesci w/ comment from @izpinto @KimtaiJoy Read: https://t.co/8gGCcRg15o pic.twitter.com/3iFWTAwwJC — Carbon Brief (@CarbonBrief) November 2, 2023 Climate adaptation measures have limits, but they are essential for the lives and safety of billions of people around the world who are already facing the effects of climate change. Every decimal increase in the planet’s temperature affects millions. Nowhere is the need for adaptation more acute than in Africa, where at least 15,700 people have been killed and 34 million affected by extreme weather disasters in 2023 so far, according to an investigation by Carbon Brief. Meanwhile, more than 29 million people continue to face unrelenting drought conditions in Ethiopia, Somalia, Kenya, Djibouti, Mauritania, and Niger, and more than 3,000 people were killed in flash floods in the Democratic Republic of the Congo and Rwanda in May. Debt-laden countries, suffocating under debt repayments that exceed healthcare spending, face a spiral of rebuilding, sacrificing basic needs, and losing lives if climate adaptation funding is not secured. “Developing countries, poor countries that are really having difficulties having a balanced budget, will have to divest from education, from infrastructure, health, to simply feed some of their people and respond to major disasters and major catastrophes,” said Ibrahim Thiaw, Executive Secretary of the United Nations Convention to Combat Desertification (UNCCD). “This is the reality of the world today.” Projected annual deaths attributable to climate change in 2030 and 2050, according to the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change. Without financial support to help regions adapt to climate change, front-line communities will face conflict and mass migration, Thiaw warned. “What is left to a young Somali, Haitian, or Sahelian when there is nothing left? When there is no ecosystem to provide food, capital, or natural capital, what is left for them to do but flee?” Thiaw asked. “People do not fight each other simply because they hate each other,” Thiaw said, on how climate change fuels conflict. “They fight because they are competing for survival.” Even if global greenhouse gas emissions are halted tomorrow, the planet will continue to warm for decades. The International Energy Agency projected earlier this month that fossil fuel demand will peak by 2030 but remain constant through 2050, nowhere near enough to stop the planet from warming. “That adaptation finance in the world is actually shrinking at a time when we are calling for a doubling of adaptation is actually quite remarkable,” Thiaw said. “Climate change is hitting more and more, and international climate finance is declining – so where are we going? What impact will it have on the poorest and most vulnerable communities?” Image Credits: UNDEP, Joe Saade/ UN Women. Posts navigation Older postsNewer posts